Cisco Linksys WSB24-1 Wireless Router with Booster User Manual users manual 1

Cisco-Linksys, LLC Wireless Router with Booster users manual 1

Contents

users manual 1

WWW. LINKS YS . C O MA. With your Access Point/Router powered off, place the Wireless SignalBooster on top of the Access Point/Router.B. Disconnect the Access Point’s/Router’s antennas.C. Connect the Signal Booster Cables from the Access Point’s/Router’s anten-na ports to the Wireless Signal Booster’s cable ports.D. Connect the antennas to the Wireless Signal Booster’s antenna ports.E. Connect the appropriate power adapters to both the Access Point/Routerand Wireless Signal Booster.F. Now you are ready to use the Wireless Signal Booster in your wirelessnetwork.Connecting the Wireless Signal Booster toYour Linksys Access Point/RouterQI-WSB24-10/25/02NC BWBPackage Contents• One Linksys Wireless Signal Booster• Two Signal Booster Cables• Two Power Adapters• One Quick Installation and User Guide • One Wireless Router, BEFW11S4Wireless SignalBoosterInstant Wireless®WSB24-1The Wireless Signal Booster with Access Point CDENote: The images in this document show the Wireless Signal Booster being con-nected to an Access Point; the same directions can be followed when connecting theWireless Signal Booster to a wireless Router.wsb24 quick install-2.qxd  2002/12/20  ¤U¤È 04:07  Page 1
COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKSCopyright  c  2002 Linksys, All Rights Reserved. All other trademarks and brandnames are the property of their respective proprietors.LIMITED WARRANTYLinksys guarantees that every Wireless Signal Booster WSB24-1 is free from physi-cal defects in material and workmanship under normal use for one years from thedate of purchase. If the product proves defective during this warranty period, callLinksys Customer Support in order to obtain a Return Authorization Number. BESURE TO HAVE YOUR PROOF OF PURCHASE ON HAND WHEN CALLING.RETURN REQUESTS CANNOT BE PROCESSED WITHOUT PROOF OF PUR-CHASE. When returning a product, mark the Return Authorization Number clearlyon the outside of the package and include a copy of your original proof of purchase.All customers outside of the United States of America and Canada shall be heldresponsible for shipping and handling charges.IN NO EVENT SHALL LINKSYS’ LIABILITY EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THEPRODUCT FROM DEFECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSE-QUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT, ITSACCOMPANYING SOFTWARE, OR ITS DOCUMENTATION. LINKSYS DOES NOTISSUE REFUNDS. WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER NATURAL DISASTERS ORACTS OF NATURE.Linksys makes no warranty or representation, expressed, implied, or statutory, withrespect to its products or the contents use of this documentation and all accompany-ing software, and specially disclaims its quality, performance, merchantability, or fit-ness for any particular purpose. Linksys reserves the right to revise or update itsproducts, software, or documentation without obligation to notify any individual orentity. Please direct all inquiries to :Linksys P.O.Box 18558, Irvine, CA 92623CAUTION : ANY CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EXPRESSLY APPROVEDIN THIS MANUAL COULD VOID YOUR AUTHORIZATION TO USETHIS DEVICE.This device should be operated at least 2.0m  away from any personFCC STATEMENTThe Wireless Signal Booster WSB24-1 has been tested and found to comply withthe limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. Theselimits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in aresidential installation.This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interfer-ence to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference willnot occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equip-ment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures:—-Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.—-Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.—-Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which thereceiver is connected.—-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.Regulatory information / DisclaimersInstallation and use of this Wireless LAN device must be in strict accordance withthe instructions included in the user documentation provided with the product. Anychanges or modifications (including the antennas) made to this device that are notexpressly approved by the manufacturer may void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or television inter-ference caused by unauthorized modification of this device, or the substitution of theconnecting cables and equipment other than manufacturer specified. It is the respon-sibility of the user to correct any interference caused by such unauthorized modifica-tion, substitution or attachment. Manufacturer and its authorized resellers or distribu-tors will assume no liability for any damage or violation of government regulationsarising from failing to comply with these guidelines.CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC’sRF exposure guidelines, thisequipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance20cm between the radiator and your body. Use on the suppliedantenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments coulddamage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.MPE Statement (Safety Information)Your device contains a low power transmitter. When device is transmitted it sendsout Radio Frequency (RF) signal.Safety InformationIn order to maintain compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines, this equip-ment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between theradiator and your body.Use only with supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachmentscould damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.Caution Statement of the FCC Radio FrequencyExposureThis Wireless LAN radio device has been evaluated under FCC Bulletin OET 65Cand found compliant to the requirements as set forth in CFR 47 Sections 2.1091,2.1093, and 15.247(b)(4) addressing RF Exposure from radio frequency devices.The radiation output power of this Wireless LAN device is far below the FCC radiofrequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, this device shall be used in such a mannerthat the potential for human contact during normal operation-as a mobile or portabledevice but use in a body-worn way is strictly prohibit. When using this device, a cer-tain separation distance between antenna and nearby persons has to be kept toensure RF exposure compliance. In order to comply with the RF exposure limitsestablished in the ANSI C95.1 standards, the distance between the antennas andthe user should not be less than 20cm.Contact InformationFor help with the installation or operation of this product, contact LinksysTechnical Support at one of the phone numbers or Internet addresses below.Sales Information 800-546-5797 (LINKSYS)Technical Support 800-326-7114RMA Issues 949-261-1288Fax 949-261-8868Email  support@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.comFTP Site ftp.linksys.comwsb24 quick install-2.qxd  2002/12/20  ¤U¤È 04:07  Page 2
Instant Wireless™  Series Wireless Access Point Routerwith 4-Port SwitchUse this Guide to install:BEFW11S4 Fast StartGuide
EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (EUROPE)Linksys Group declares that the Instant Wireless™ Series products included in the InstantWireless™  Series conform to the specifications listed below, following the provisions ofthe EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC:• ETS 300-826, 301 489-1 General EMC requirements for Radio equipment.• EN 609 50 Safety• ETS 300-328-2 Technical requirements for Radio equipment.Note: This equipment is intended to be used in all EU and EFTA countries. Outdoor usemay be restricted to certain frequencies and/or may require a license for operation. Formore details, contact Linksys Corporate Compliance.Note: Combinations of power levels and antennas resulting in a radiated power level ofabove 100 mW are considered as not compliant with the above mentioned directive andare not allowed for use within the European community and countries that have adoptedthe European R&TTE directive 1999/5/EC and/or the CEPT recommendation Rec 70.03.For more details on legal combinations of power levels and antennas, contact LinksysCorporate Compliance.• Linksys Group™ vakuuttaa täten että Instant Wireless IEEE 802.11 PC Card tyyppinenlaite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY, direktiivin 89/336/EEC ja direktiivin 73/23/EEC oleellis-ten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien näiden direktiivien muiden ehtojen mukainen.• Linksys Group™ déclare que la carte PC Instant Wireless IEEE 802.11 est conformeaux conditions essentielles et aux dispositions relatives à la directive 1999/5/EC, ladirective 89/336/EEC, et à la directive 73/23/EEC.• Belgique B L’utilisation en extérieur est autorisé sur le canal 11 (2462 MHz), 12 (2467MHz), et 13 (2472 MHz).Dans le cas d’une utilisation privée, à l’extérieur d’un bâtiment, au-dessus d’unespace public, aucun enregistrement n’est nécessaire pour une distance de moinsde 300m. Pour une distance supérieure à 300m un enregistrement auprès de l’IBPTest requise. Pour une utilisation publique à l’extérieur de bâtiments, une licence del’IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l’IBPT.• France F: Bande de fréquence restreinte: seuls les canaux 10, 11, 12, 13 (2457,2462, 2467, et 2472 MHz respectivement) doivent être utilisés en France. Toute util-isation, qu'elle soit intérieure ou extérieure, est soumise à autorisation. Vous pouvezcontacter l'Autorité de Régulation des Télécommuniations (http://www.art-telecom.fr)pour la procédure à suivre.• France F: Restricted frequency band: only channels 10, 11, 12, 13 (2457, 2462,2467, and 2472 MHz respectively) may be used in France. License required forevery indoor and outdoor installations. Please contact ART for procedure to follow.• Deutschland D: Anmeldung im Outdoor-Bereich notwending, aber nicht genehmi-gungspflichtig. Bitte mit Händler die Vorgehensweise abstimmen.• Germany D: License required for outdoor installations. Check with reseller for proce-dure to follow.• Italia I: E' necessaria la concessione ministeriale anche per l'uso interno. Verificarecon i rivenditori la procedura da seguire. L'uso per installazione in esterni non e' per-messa.• Italy I: License required for indoor use. Use with outdoor installations not allowed.• the Netherlands NL License required for outdoor installations. Check with reseller forprocedure to follow.• Nederlands NL Licentie verplicht voor gebruik met buitenantennes. Neem contact opmet verkoper voor juiste procedure.1Table of ContentsEnglish 2Français 30Deutsch 58Italiano 86Portuguese 114Español 142
COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKS Copyright © 2002 Linksys, All Rights Reserved.  Instant Wireless is a trademark ofLinksys.  Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are registered trademarks ofMicrosoft Corporation.  All other trademarks and brand names are the property of theirrespective proprietors. FCC STATEMENTThe Instant Wireless™  Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch has been testedand complies with the specifications for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.  These rules are designed to provide reasonable protection againstharmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, andcan radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to theinstructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipmentdoes cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turn-ing the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference byone or more of the following measures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna• Increase the separation between the equipment or devices• Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver’s• Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistanceTable of ContentsIntroduction 4Step 1: Connect the Router 6Step 2: Configure the PCs 8Step 3: Configure the Router 12Help 16Configuring Wireless Security 21Configuring WirelessSecurity in Windows XP 24FSG-BEFW11S4 ver. 3-21008 TE32For product support and product registration, contact us at the addresses below:E-mail europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
Use the instructions in this Fast Start to help you connect the Router, configure yourPCs, and configure the Router in your network. These instructions should be all youneed to get you up and running with a basic network, sharing your Internet access.The Router also comes equipped with more advanced functions,but these functionsshould not be utilized without a further understanding of routers and networks.These and other issues are explained in the User Guide on the Setup Wizard CD-ROM.The Router’s setup is similar to that shown in the figure above for any Windows PC.The Router lets you share your cable or DSL connection among several computersin your home or business. This is called a Local Area Network or LAN.This Fast Start guide gives you the “big picture” of what you need to set up a basichome or business network. The next three sections explain how you will set up andconfigure your equipment to enable shared high-speed access to the Internet.Step 1: Connect the RouterThis walks you through the process of connecting the Router to your cable or DSLmodem. Then, it shows you how your PCs are connected to the Router.Step 2: Configure the PCsThis describes how your PCs are configured to communicate with the Router.Step 3: Configure the RouterThis step walks you through some basic Router settings, making it work with yourcable or DSL modem and your ISP’s settings.Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch54Instant Wireless™ SeriesThank you for choosing the Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router. ThisRouter will allow you to set up a network with your PCs and even share yourInternet connection.How does the Router do all of this? By connecting your cable or DSL modemdirectly to the Router and using the Router's Ethernet ports to connect your PCs,it's almost as if each PC is connected directly to the Internet. In this way, you canhave several PCs utilizing one Internet connection simultaneously. Plus, becauseit's also an Access Point, the Router can bridge your Ethernet network with yourwireless PCs.But what does all of this mean? Networks are useful tools for sharing computer resources. You can access oneprinter from different computers and access data located on another computer'shard drive. Networks are even used for playing multiplayer video games. So, net-works are not only useful in homes and offices, they can also be fun.The PCs you connect to the Router's four LAN ports, when properly configured,create a LAN, or Local Area Network. They are connected with an Ethernet cableplugged into your computer's Ethernet adapter at one end and into one of theRouter's LAN ports (numbered from one to four) at the other end. The term"Ethernet" is used to refer to your network accessories, such as cables andadapters,because Ethernet refers to the type of network you are setting up. In yourRouter's documentation, Ethernet refers to accessories that transfer computerdata from 10Mbps to 100Mbps. (10Mbps and 100Mbps refer to the speeds usedby network devices.  When transferring data at 10Mbps, you are moving the equiv-alent of over seven floppy disks every second! Network accessories that functionat 100Mbps move data ten times faster!)PCs can also interact with the Router wirelessly. By configuring your wireless PCswith the same wireless settings as the Router, you can bridge these wireless PCswhile integrating them into your existing Ethernet network.Perhaps the most remarkable thing the Router does is to allow you to share yourcable or DSL connection. This is done by connecting your cable or DSL modem tothe Router's WAN port with an Ethernet cable. (WAN refers to a Wide AreaNetwork.) The Internet is a network that, being global, covers the widest area ofall! The PCs connected to the Router share this connection.IntroductionNNoottee::This Fast Start Guide will direct you how to set up the Router withEthernet cables. While the Router can be set up through a wireless connec-tion, details about setting up the Router wirelessly will not be addressed inthis Fast Start Guide.  Those who wish to set up the Router through their wire-less connection should refer to the Linksys website at www.linksys.com.This is What You Will Be Setting Up
In Step 1, you will connect the Router to your cable or DSL modem and to yourhome or business computers.First,make sure that all devices you’ll be working with are powered down, includ-ing your PCs, modem, and the Router.A. If you haven’t already done so, connect your cable or DSL modem to its prop-er connection—the coaxial jack for cable (Figure A1),or the phone jack for DSL(Figure A2). (Follow the instructions from your cable or DSL modem’s installa-tion guide.)Instant Wireless™ Series6B. Using an Ethernet cable, connect theLAN or Ethernet port of the cable or DSLmodem to the Router’s WAN port.C. Connect an Ethernet cable toyour PC’s Ethernet adapter.Connect the other end of thecable to one of the Router’sLAN ports. Repeat thisprocess for every PC you wishto connect to the Router.Note: If your PC’s Ethernet adapter is not set up, please refer to the Ethernetadapter’s documentation for more information.For ease of installation, start with LANPort 1 on the Router, then Port 2, Port 3,and finally Port 4.If you are connecting more than fourPCs to the Router, you will need to con-nect a hub or switch to the Router’sUplink port (if you use the Uplink port,then you cannot use Port 4). For infor-mation on Uplinking,please refer to theUser Guide located on the Setup WizardCD-ROM.D. Connect the power adapter to the Router’s Power port. Then, connect thepower adapter to an electrical outlet. Turn on the cable or DSL modem. Thenturn on the first PC you wish to use when configuring the Router.Proceed to Step 2: Configure the PCs on the next page.7Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchA1A2Step 1: Connect the RouterBC1C2
In Step 2, you will configure each of your computers to communicate with theRouter.To do this,you will need to configure your PC’s network settings to obtain an IP (orTCP/IP) address automatically. Computers use IP addresses to communicate witheach other across a network or the Internet.Find out which operating system your computer is running, such as Windows 95,98, Millennium, 2000, or XP.  You will need to know which operating system yourcomputer is running. You can find out by clicking the Start button and then select-ing the Settings option. (If your Start menu doesn’t have a Settings option, you’rerunning Windows XP. You can select the Control Panel directly from the StartMenu.) Then, click Control Panel and double-click the System icon.  Click theCancel button when done.Once you know which Windows operating system you are running, follow thedirections in this step for your computer’s operating system. You may need to dothis for each computer you are connecting to the Router.The next few pages tell you, step by step, how to configure your TCP/IP settingsbased on the type of Windows operating system you are using. Once you've con-figured your computers, continue to Step 3: Configure the Router.A. Click the Start button, click Settings andopen the Control Panel. From there, dou-ble-click the Network icon to open theNetwork screen.B. Select the Configuration tab and highlightthe  TCP/IP line for the applicableEthernet adapter*. If the word TCP/IPappears by itself, select that line**. Then,click the Properties button.C. Click the IP Address tab and selectObtain an IP address automatically.D. Click the Gateway tab and verify that theInstalled Gateway field is blank. Click theOK button.E. Click the OK button again.  Windows mayask you for the original Windows installa-tion disk or additional files. Supply themby pointing to the correct file location,e.g.,D:\win98, D:\win9x, c:\windows\options\cabs, etc. (This assumes that “D” isthe letter of your CD-ROM drive).F. If Windows asks you to restart your PC, click the Yes button. If Windows doesnot ask you to restart, restart your computer anyway.*Note: Do not choose a TCP/IP entry whose name mentions DUN, PPPoE, VPN, orAOL.**Note: If there is no TCP/IP line listed, refer to the User Guide found on the SetupWizard CD-ROM or your Ethernet adapter’s documentation to install TCP/IPnow.8 9Instant Wireless™ Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchStep 2: Configure the PCs If you are running:Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows MeBC
The following instructions assume you are run-ning Windows XP’s default interface. If you areusing the Classic interface (where the iconsand menus look like previous Windows ver-sions), please follow the instructions forWindows 2000.A. Click the Start button, open the ControlPanel. and click the Network and InternetConnections icon. Then, click the NetworkConnections icon to display the Networkscreen.B. Select the Local Area Connection icon forthe applicable Ethernet adapter (usually itis the first Local Area Connection listed).Double-click Local Area Connection.  C. When the Local Area Connection Statusscreen appears, click the Properties but-ton.D. Select  Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) andclick the Properties button.E. Select Obtain an IP address automati-cally and click the OK button on the subse-quent screens to complete the PC’s config-uration.F. Restart your computer.A. Click the Start button, click Settings andopen the Control Panel.  From there, dou-ble-click the Network and Dial-upConnections icon. This will display theNetwork screen.B. Select the Local Area Connection icon forthe applicable Ethernet adapter* (usually itis the first Local Area Connection listed).Double-click Local Area Connection.  C. When the Local Area Connection Statusscreen appears, click the Properties but-ton.D. Select  Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) andclick the Properties button.E. Select Obtain an IP address automatical-ly and click the OK button on the subse-quent screens to complete the PC’s config-uration.F. Restart your computer.*Note: Do not choose a TCP/IP entry whosename mentions DUN,PPPoE,VPN, or AOL.10 11Instant Wireless™ Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchIf you are running:Windows 2000EDCIf you are running:Windows XPCDE
C. If required by your ISP,enter the Router’s Host Nameand Domain Namein theappropriate fields on the Setup tab. (This is usually required by cable ISPs.)D. To configure the Router foryour wireless network, verifythat the Setup tab’s Wirelessfields (shown in Figure D) arecompleted as follows:Enable/Disable: Selectingthe Enable radio button willenable the Router’s wirelessfeature. Wireless functionswill not be available unlessenabled.SSID:The SSID (or ESSID) is aunique name for your wire-less network.  It is case sen-sitive and must not exceed 32 characters.  The default SSID is "linksys " butyou should change this to a personal wireless network name.  All wirelesspoints in your network must use the same SSID.Channel:Select the appropriate channel for your network from the list provid-ed.  All wireless points in your network must use the same channel in order tofunction properly.E. The Router supports five connection types: DHCP (obtain an IP automatically),PPPoE, Static IP Address, RAS, and PPTP. These types are selected from thepull-down menu beside WAN Connection Type. The Setup screen and avail-able features will differ depending on what kind of connection type you select,the instructions for which are included here:1. Obtain an IP Automatically If your ISP says that you are connecting through a dynamic IP address (or DHCP),perform these steps:a. Select Obtain an IP automatically as the WAN Connection Type (as previous-ly shown in Figure D).b. Click the Apply button to save the settings.In Step 3,you will configure the Router to function in your network and gain accessto the Internet through your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Your ISP may requirethe use of a Host Name and Domain Name. Further, you will set the WANConfiguration Type on the Router’s Setup tab from the information given by yourISP. You will need this setup information from your ISP.If you do not have this infor-mation,please contact your ISP before proceeding. To find out what questions youshould ask your ISP, refer to question #1 in the Help section.The instructions from your ISP tell you how to set up your PC for Internet access.Since you are now using the Router to share Internet access among several com-puters, you will use this setup information for Router configuration.A. Open your web browser. (It’s all right if you get an error message at this point.Continue following these instructions) Enter 192.168.1.1 into the web brows-er’s Address field and pressthe Enter key.B. An Enter Network Password window, shown in Figure B1, will appear.(Windows XP users will see a Connect to 192.168.1.1 window,shown in FigureB2.) Leave the User Name field empty,and enter admin (the default password)in lowercase letters in the Password field.  Then, click the OK button.12 13Instant Wireless™ Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchStep 3: Configure the RouterAB1B2DNNoottee:: If you are interested in changing the Router’s WEP set-tings, turn to the section for Configuring Wireless Security.
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch4. RASRAS is a service used in Singapore only. If you are using a RAS connection, checkwith your ISP for the necessary setup information.5. PPTPPPTP is a service used in Europeonly. If you are using a PPTP con-nection, check with your ISP forthe necessary setup information.F. If you haven’t already done so, click the Apply button to save the settings.G. Reset the power on your cable or DSL modem and restart your computers.They will now obtain the Router's new settings.Note: You only need to configure the Router from one computer. If you needadvanced setting information, please refer to the Linksys support website atsupport.linksys.comor the User Guide on the Setup Wizard CD-ROM.Congratulations! You’ve successfully configured the Router. You can test thesetup by opening your web browser from any computer and enteringwww.linksys.com/registration.If you are unable to reach ourwebsite, you may want to review what you did in this section or refer to theHelp section in this Fast Start guide.15Instant Wireless™ Series2. Static IPIf your ISP says that you are con-necting through a static (or fixed)IP address,perform these steps:a. Select  Static IP as the WANConnection Type.b. In the fields beside “SpecifyWAN IP Address”, enter the IPAddress.c. Enter the Subnet Mask.d. Enter the Default GatewayAddress.e. Enter the DNS in the 1, 2,and/or 3 fields. You must enter at least one DNS address.f. Click the Apply button to save the settings.3. PPPoEIf your DSL provider says that youare connecting through PPPoE orif you normally enter a user nameand password to access theInternet, perform these steps:a. Select  PPPoE as the WANConnection Type.b. Enter the User Name.c. Enter the Password.d. Click the Apply button to savethe settings.e. Click the Status tab, followed by the Connect button, to start the connection.14E2E3E5
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch2. I’m having problems connecting to the Internet, what LEDs should be liton the front of the Router?•Each Router’s LED will light up for any proper connection made on the back ofthe Router—whether it is an Ethernet cable or power cord.For example, the following are typical LEDs that light up once a computer anda cable or DSL modem are connected:-  When the Router is turned on (the power adapter is plugged into theRouter), the PowerLED lights up.-  When an Ethernet cable is properly connected between a PC and Port 4 ofthe Router, the Link/Act,Ful/Col, and 100LEDs in Column 4 light up.-  A cable or DSL modem connection causes the WAN LinkLED to light up. 17Instant Wireless™ SeriesThe Help section contains the most frequently asked Internet connection ques-tions. If you have additional setup needs or you wish to get information on theAdvanced Features,please visit kb.linksys.comor see the User Guide, which con-tains a Troubleshooting appendix (available on the Setup Wizard CD-ROM).1. I’m not sure what information I need from my Internet Service Provider(ISP) to get my network up and running. What questions should I ask?What type of connection do I have: dynamic IP address, static IP address, orPPPoE?•If I am using a dynamic IP address, I should ask:-  What is my Host Name (if needed)?-  What is my Domain Name (if needed)?•If I am using a static IP address, I should ask:-  What is my IP Address?-  What is my Gateway?-  What is my DNS?•If I am using PPPoE (typically used by DSL ISPs), I should ask:-  What is my User Name?-  What is my Password?After you obtain the information, follow the instructions in the Fast Start - Step 3:Configure the Router, and use this information to enter on the Setup tab. In theWAN Connection Type section, refer to the chart on the next page:16Help ?Dynamic IPAddress (DHCP) 1. Select  Obtain an IP automatically as the WANConnection Type.2. Click the Apply button to save the setting.Perform these steps:PPPoE 1. Select PPPoE as the WAN Connection Type.2. Enter the User Name.3. Enter the Password.4. Click the Apply button to save the settings.Static IP Address 1. Select Static IP as the WAN Connection Type.2. Enter the IP Address.3. Enter the Subnet Mask.4. Enter the Gateway Address.5. Enter the DNS in the 1, 2, and/or 3 fields. You need toenter at least one DNS address.6. Click the Apply button to save the settings.RAS or PPTP If you are using RAS (Singapore SingTel) or PPTP (servicein Europe), check with your ISP for the necessary setupinformation.If you have this typeof connection:
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch•The IP Address field should show an IP address of 192.168.1.100 or192.168.1.xxx, with “xxx” being any number greater than 100.If your IP address is not in that range, hold the reset button on the front of the Router for more than 30 seconds. This will cause your Router to be set to factory default, so you will need to re-configure the Router's Setup page. After re-configuring the Setup page,restart the computer.C. Now you will configure some settings in Windows.-  Go to your desktop and double-click My Computer, and then double-clickControl Panel (Windows XP users using the default interface, click Start, andthen select Control Panel).-  When the Control Panel window pops up, double-click the Internet Optionsicon (Windows XP users using the default interface, click Network andInternet Connections, and then click Internet Options).-  When the Internet Options window appears, click the Connections tab.- Check Never Dial Up a Connection. (If this choice is grayed out,that is fine.)- Click the LAN Settings … button in the lower right-hand corner.-  When the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window appears,uncheck all  boxes.- Click the OK button and the Apply button (the Apply button will be grayed outif you did not have to make any changes). Then click the OK button again.-  Exit the Control Panel, and restart your computer.4. When I click on the icon to access the Internet, and enter the user nameand password that my ISP gave me, I cannot connect to the Internet.What is wrong?This means that you’re using the software given to you by your ISP. Please useInternet Explorer or Netscape Navigator, which is located on your desktop (locatedon the Start Menu in Windows XP).5. When I use Internet Explorer, a box pops up prompting me to dial up aconnection. How can I disable that?A. Go to your desktop and double-click My Computer, and then double-clickControl Panel (Windows XP users using the default interface, click Start, andthen select Control Panel).B. When the Control Panel window pops up, double-click the Internet Optionsicon (Windows XP users using the default interface, click Network andInternet Connections, and then click Internet Options).C. When the Internet Options window appears, click the Connections tab.19Instant Wireless™ Series•My WAN LinkLED isn’t lit. What should I check?-  Check that the cable you are using between your cable or DSL modem and the Router is the same cable that came with your modem. Dependingon the type of connection your modem uses, you may need either a“straight-through” or “crossover” Ethernet cable (the “straight-through”type is more common).•Some of the lights on the front of the Router don’t light up when I plug in a PC.- Only the Link/ActLED is required for a connection to work correctly.3. I cannot get onto the Internet, nor can I access the Router’s Setup page.What should I check?A. First check that the cable or DSL modem and computers are properly con-nected to the Router. See Question #2 for how to verify that the connectionsare good.B. Then, check that you have properly configured your PCs to communicate withthe Router. Below you will find instructions for the various versions ofWindows.-Windows 95, 98, or ME•Click the Start menu,and then click Run. After the Run window appears,enter winipcfg in the Open field, and then click the OK button.•When the IP Configuration window appears, click the gray box with ablack arrow pointing down.•A list of adapters will appear. Select the adapter that you use to connectto the Internet. These items should not contain “PPP”, “VPN”, “AOL”, or “Dial-Up adapter” as part of the entry.•The IP Address field should show an IP address of 192.168.1.100 or192.168.1.xxx, with “xxx” being any number greater than 100.If your IP address is not in that range, hold the reset button on the front of the Router for more than 30 seconds. This will cause your Router to beset to factory default, so you will need to re-configure the Router's Setup page. After re-configuring the Setup page,restart the computer.-Windows NT, 2000, and XP•Click the Start menu,and then click Run. After the Run window appears,enter cmd in the Open field, and then click the OK button.•This will open a command prompt. Enter ipconfig /all and then press the Enter key.18
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch21Instant Wireless™ SeriesD. Check Never Dial Up a Connection. E. Click the Apply button.F. Click the OK button.6. I get no signal strength or link quality or signal strength, what can I do?A. Verify that the Router’s WLAN LED is illuminated.B. Verify that all of your wireless PCs are using “Infrastructure” mode.7. How can I improve the Router’s range?A. Verify that the Router is as high off of the ground as possible.B. Verify that there are no large sources of electrical interference nearby.  (Forexample: speakers breaker boxes,florescent lights, microwaves, etc.)C. Change the wireless channel being used. To do this:- Open your web browser and type http://192.168.1.1 into the "Address" field.- In the "Enter Network Password" box, leave the "User Name" field blank andtype admin as the password. Then,click OK.- From the Setup tab, change the channel to 1.- Click the Apply button to save the settings.- Continue doing this until you find the channel that provides the best range.20An acronym for Wired Equivalent Privacy, WEP is an encryption method usedto protect your wireless data communications.  WEP uses a combination of 64-bit or 128-bit keys to provide access control to your network and encryptionsecurity for every data transmission.  To decode a data transmission, each pointin a network must use an identical 64-bit or 128-bit key.  Higher encryption lev-els mean higher levels of security, but due to the complexity of the encryption,they may mean decreased network performance.You may also have heard the term “40-bit” used in conjunction with WEPencryption.  This is simply another term for 64-bit WEP encryption.  This levelof WEP encryption has been called 40-bit because it uses a 40-bit secret keyalong with a 24-bit Initialization Vector (40 + 24 = 64).  Wireless vendors mayuse either name.  Linksys uses the term “64-bit” when referring to this level ofencryption.Make sure your wireless network is functioning before attempting to configureWEP encryption.A 128-bit WEP encrypted wireless network will NOT communicate with a 64-bit WEP encrypted wireless network.  Therefore, make sure that all of yourwireless devices are using the same encryption level.  All wireless devices com-plying with the 802.11b standard will support 64-bit WEP.In addition to enabling WEP, Linksys also recommends the following securityimplementations:•Changing the SSID from the default “linksys”•Changing the WEP key regularlyNote: WEP encryption is an additional data securi-ty measure and not essential for router operation.  Note: In order for WEP Encryption to be enabled, wireless functions must firstbe enabled.  Select Enable on the Router’s Wireless tab before proceeding.Configuring Wireless Security
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch23Instant Wireless™ Series22• WEP (64Bit or 128B) Select the level of encryption from the drop-downbox.  128-bit WEP encryption is unique to Linksys and may conflict withother vendors’ WEP encryption.The WEP Encryption key is generated in one of two ways:1. You may create an encryption key by using a Passphrase.a. Enter a Passphrase, a user-defined password, into the Passphrase field.The Passphrase can be a maximum of 31 letters, symbols, and numbers.No spaces can be used.b. Click the Generate button to create a key. The key will be 10 digits ifyou chose 64-bit encryption, or 26 digits if you chose 128-bit encryption.This key will be used to encrypt and decrypt the data being sent betweenthe Router and your network’s wireless PCs.The Key field may not display all digits.  Using the mouse, click any-where within the Key field.  Move the cursor to the right to view the restof the Key.  Make sure your write down the entire Key EXACTLY theway it is displayed. 2. You may enter the encryption key manually.Make a note of the Passphrase or Manual Key.  You will need it for the otherwireless devices on the network, as the same WEP encryption key must beentered in all wireless devices on the network.Once you have chosen your key encryption method and entered either thePassphrase or manual key, click the Apply button, and the encryption portionof the setup is complete.Note: In order to utilize WEP encryption, all points in your wirelessnetwork must have WEP enabled and be set to the same Key Setting.Note: In Windows XP, a 128-bit Key generated by the Routerwill be called a "104 bits (26 digits)" key, and a 64-bit Key gen-erated by the Router will be called a “40 bits (10 digits)” key.The following steps will show you how to utilize WEP encryption1. From the Web-based Utility’s Setup tab, select Mandatory under the WEPsection.2. Press the WEP Key Setting button to set the WEP Encryption type andlevel.3. The screen dis-played in FigureC-1 may appear,verifying that youare enabling WEPEncryption.  Pressthe  OK button tocontinue.4. This will display the screen shown in Figure C-2. From this screen, you willchoose your WEP Encryption settings.Figure C-2Figure C-1
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch25Instant Wireless™ Series242. In the “Control Panel” window, click the Network and InternetConnections icon, shown in Figure C-4.3. Click the Network Connections icon, shown in Figure C-5.4. The “Network Connections” window will appear, as shown in Figure C-6.Under LAN or High-Speed Internet you will see all Network cards that areinstalled and operating in your computer. Double-click the WirelessNetwork Connection icon associated with your wireless adapter.If the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window appears, continue tothe next stepFigure C-4Figure C-5As Windows XP does not allow for the use of the Linksys Passphrase featurewith the wireless PC adapters, you will need to manually enter the key gener-ated in the previous section.  The following steps will help you enable WEP and enter the encryption keymanually for your wireless PC cards, in order to enable your Windows XP sys-tem to communicate with the Router wirelessly.These steps assume that your CD-ROM drive is letter D and that you are run-ning Windows XP in the default mode.Be sure you have the WEP Key generated by the Router.1.  As shown in Figure C-3, click the Start button and go to the Control Panel.Figure C-3Configuring Wireless Security in Windows XP
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch27Instant Wireless™ Series266. When the “WirelessNetwork ConnectionProperties” windowappears, as in Figure C-8, click the WirelessNetworks Tab.7. If the appropriate wire-less network, specifiedby the Router’s SSID, isdisplayed in the“Preferred networks”section, as shown inFigure C-9, double-click it and continue tothe next step.Otherwise, click on theappropriate wirelessnetwork, specified bythe Router’s SSID, inthe “Available net-works” section. Then,click the ConfigurebuttonFigure C-8Figure C-9If a “Connect to Wireless Network” window appears, in the AvailableNetworks section, click the desired wireless network, specified by theRouter’s SSID. Then, double-click the Wireless Network Connection icon.5. When the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window appears, as inFigure C-7, click the Properties button.Figure C-6Figure C-7
29Instant Wireless™ Series288. The “Wireless Network Properties” window (shown in Figure C-10) willappear.Click the check box for the Data encryption (WEP enabled) option.Remove the check from the Network Authentication (Shared mode) andThe key is provided for me automatically fields. In the "Network key" field, enter the exact Key (all 10 or 26 digits, depend-ing on the level of encryption) generated by the Router.Verify that the “Key format” field displays “Hexadecimal digits” and thatthe “Key length” field displays either “40 bits (10 digits)” or “104 bits (26digits)”. If this is not displayed, you have entered the key incorrectly.Click the OK button to save the settings.  Click on OK buttons until youget back to the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window.  Close anyopen windows to get back to the Windows XP desktop.Close any applications and reboot your PC.  After reboot, WEP configurationis complete and you should be able to connect wirelessly to the Router.Figure C-10
3130COPYRIGHT ET MARQUES Copyright © 2002 Linksys, Tous droits réservés. Instant Wireless est une marque decommerce de Linksys. Microsoft, Windows et le logo Windows sont des marquesdéposées de Microsoft Corporation. Toutes les autres marques de commerce ettous les autres noms commerciaux appartiennent à leurs propriétaires respectifs. AVIS DE CONFORMITÉ FCC Les tests de conformité effectués sur le routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commu-tateur 4 ports Instant Wireless™ ont montré qu’il respecte les limites fixées pour unappareil numérique de classe B en vertu de l’article 15 des règlements de la FCC. Ceslimites sont conçues pour apporter une protection adéquate contre le brouillageradioélectrique préjudiciable des installations résidentielles. Cet équipement produit,utilise et peut émettre de l’énergie radioélectrique et il peut, lorsqu’il n’est pas installé etutilisé conformément aux instructions données, causer un brouillage préjudiciable desradiocommunications. Cependant, rien ne garantit qu’une installation particulière ne pro-duira pas de brouillage. Si l’appareil venait à causer un brouillage préjudiciable de laréception d’émissions radio ou télévisuelles, ce qui peut être déterminé en l’éteignant eten le rallumant, nous vous conseillons d’essayer d’y remédier en prenant une ouplusieurs des mesures suivantes :• réorienter ou déplacer l’antenne de réception ;• éloigner l’appareil du récepteur ;• brancher l’appareil et le récepteur sur des prises de courant différentes ;• consulter le revendeur ou un technicien radiotélévision expérimenté.Table des matièresIntroduction 32Étape 1 : connexion du routeur 34Étape 2 : configuration des PC 36Étape 3 : configuration du routeur 40Aide 44Configuration de la sécurité sans fil 49Configuration de la sécurité sans fil dansWindows XP 52Pour le support produit, contactez-nous aux adresses indiquées ci-dessous :E-mail europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
3332Utilisez les instructions de ce Guide de démarrage rapide pour connecter le routeur, configurervos PC et configurer le routeur sur votre réseau. Ces instructions contiennent toutes les infor-mations nécessaires à la mise en service d’un réseau de base avec partage de votre accès àInternet. Le routeur est également équipé de fonctions plus avancées, mais elles ne doiventpas être utilisées sans une connaissance approfondie des routeurs et des réseaux. Celles-ci,ainsi que d’autres sujets, sont abordés dans le Guide de l’utilisateur figurant sur le CD-ROMSetup Wizard (Assistant Installation).La configuration du routeur est similaire à celle illustrée à la figure ci-dessus pour tout PCWindows. Le routeur vous permet de partager votre connexion DSL ou par câble entreplusieurs ordinateurs à domicile ou au bureau. Cela s’appelle un réseau local ou LAN.Ce Guide de démarrage rapide vous donne un « aperçu général » de ce dont vous avez besoinpour configurer un réseau de base chez vous ou au bureau. Les trois prochaines sectionsexpliquent comment installer et configurer votre équipement pour permettre un accès partagéet grande vitesse à Internet.Étape 1 : connexion du routeurCette étape vous guide à travers la procédure de connexion du routeur à votre modem câbleou DSL. Elle explique ensuite comment connecter vos PC au routeur.Étape 2 : configuration des PCCette étape indique comment configurer vos PC pour communiquer avec le routeur.Étape 3 : configuration du routeurCette étape décrit certains paramètres de base du routeur qui lui permettent de fonctionneravec votre modem câble ou DSL de même qu’avec les paramètres de votre ISP.Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsInstant Wireless™ SeriesMerci d’avoir choisi le routeur de point d’accès sans fil Instant Wireless™. Ce routeur per-met de relier des PC en réseau et même de partager une connexion Internet.Comment le routeur procède-t-il ? En connectant votre modem câble ou DSL directement aurouteur et en utilisant les ports Ethernet du routeur pour relier vos PC,c’est un peu commesi chaque PC était directement connecté à Internet. Plusieurs PC peuvent ainsi utilisersimultanément une même connexion Internet. Le routeur constituant également un pointd’accès, il peut établir un pont entre votre réseau Ethernet et vos PC sans fil.Possibilités offertes Les réseaux constituent de puissants outils pour partager des ressources informatiques.Vous pouvez utiliser une imprimante depuis différents ordinateurs et accéder aux donnéesrésidant sur le disque dur d’un autre ordinateur. Les réseaux permettent également d’uti-liser à plusieurs des jeux vidéo. Les réseaux sont donc non seulement très utiles,mais peuventégalement s’avérer ludiques.Les PC que vous connectez aux quatre ports de réseau local du routeur, s’ils sont correcte-ment configurés, créent un réseau local. Ils sont connectés au moyen d’un câble Ethernetbranché à une extrémité sur l’adaptateur Ethernet de l’ordinateur et sur les ports de réseaulocal du routeur (numérotés de 1 à 4) à l’autre extrémité. Le terme « Ethernet » faitréférence aux accessoires de réseau, tels que câbles et adaptateurs, et désigne le type deréseau mis en place. Dans la documentation du routeur, Ethernet fait référence aux acces-soires qui transfèrent les données informatiques à un débit compris entre 10 Mbits/s et 100 Mbits/s. 10 Mbits/s et 100 Mbits/s désignent les vitesses utilisées par les périphériquesréseau. Lors d’un transfert de données à 10 Mbits/s,vous transférez l’équivalent de plus desept disquettes par seconde ! Les accessoires réseau qui fonctionnent à 100 Mbits/s offrentdes débits dix fois plus rapides !Les PC peuvent également être raccordés au routeur par une connexion sans fil. En confi-gurant les PC sans fil avec les mêmes paramètres sans fil que le routeur, vous pouvez rac-corder ces PC tout en les intégrant à votre réseau Ethernet existant.Mais le routeur permet surtout de partager votre connexion câble ou DSL. Pour cela, il suf-fit de connecter votre modem câble ou DSL au port WAN du routeur avec un câble Ethernet.Le terme WAN (Wide Area Network) désigne un réseau étendu. Internet est un réseau glo-bal couvrant la zone la plus vaste qui soit ! Les PC connectés au routeur partagent cetteconnexion.IntroductionRReemmaarrqquuee :: ce Guide de démarrage rapide décrit l’installation du routeur avec descâbles Ethernet. Bien que le routeur puisse être installé au moyen d’une connexion sansfil, cette configuration n’est pas décrite dans ce Guide de démarrage rapide. Si voussouhaitez installer le routeur en employant une connexion sans fil, reportez-vous auxinformations présentées sur le site Web Linksys à l’adresse www.linksys.com.Vue d’ensemble de l’installation
3534À l’étape1, vous allez connecter le routeur à votre modem câble ou DSL, ainsi qu’aux ordi-nateurs de votre domicile ou bureau.Vérifiez d’abord que tous les appareils que vous utiliserez sont hors tension,notamment lesPC,le modem et le routeur.A. Si ce n’est déjà fait,branchez votre modem câble ou DSL sur la prise adéquate :la prisecoaxiale pour câble (figure A1) ou la prise téléphonique pour DSL (figure A2). (Suivez lesinstructions du Guide d’installation de votre modem câble ou DSL.)Instant Wireless™ SeriesB. À l’aide d’un câble Ethernet, raccordez leport Ethernet du modem câble ou DSL auport WAN du routeur.C. Branchez un câble Ethernet surl’adaptateur Ethernet du PC.Branchez l’autre extrémité ducâble sur l’un des ports de réseaulocal du routeur. Recommencezcette opération pour chaque PC àconnecter au routeur.Remarque : si l’adaptateur Ethernet du PC n’est pas installé, reportez-vous à sa docu-mentation pour plus d’informations.Pour simplifier l’installation, commencez parle port de réseau local 1 sur le routeur,puis leport 2, le port 3 et enfin le port 4.Si vous connectez plus de quatre PC au rou-teur, vous devrez connecter un hub ou uncommutateur au port de liaison montante(Uplink) du routeur (si vous utilisez le port deliaison montante, vous ne pouvez pas utili-ser le port 4). Pour plus d’informations surles liaisons montantes, reportez-vous auGuide de l’utilisateur figurant sur le CD-ROMSetup Wizard (Assistant Installation).D. Branchez l’adaptateur de courant sur le port d’alimentation du routeur, puis sur uneprise électrique. Mettez le modem câble ou DSL sous tension. Mettez ensuite sous ten-sion le premier PC à utiliser lors de la configuration du routeur.Passez à l’étape 2 : configuration des PC (page suivante).Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsA1A2Étape 1 : connexion du routeurBC1C2
3736À l’étape 2,vous allez configurer chacun de vos ordinateurs pour communiquer avec le rou-teur.Pour cela, vous devrez configurer les paramètres réseau du PC afin d’obtenir automatique-ment une adresse IP (ou TCP/IP). Les ordinateurs emploient des adresses IP pour commu-niquer entre eux sur un réseau ou sur Internet.Identifiez le système d’exploitation utilisé sur votre ordinateur, par exemple Windows 95,98,Millennium, 2000 ou XP. Vous devez savoir sous quel système d’exploitation votre ordina-teur fonctionne. Pour cela, cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer, puis sélectionnez l’optionParamètres. (Si le menu Démarrer ne comporte pas d’option Paramètres, vous utilisezWindows XP. Vous pouvez accéder directement au Panneau de configuration depuis le menuDémarrer.) Cliquez ensuite sur Panneau de configuration,puis double-cliquez sur l’icôneSystème. Cliquez sur le bouton Annuler une fois que vous avez terminé.Une fois que vous connaissez le système d’exploitation Windows utilisé, suivez les direc-tives de cette étape correspondant au système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur. Vous devrezéventuellement suivre cette procédure pour chaque ordinateur à connecter au routeur.Les pages suivantes présentent la procédure pas à pas de configuration des paramètresTCP/IP en fonction du type de système d’exploitation Windows employé. Une fois les ordi-nateurs configurés, passez à l’étape 3 : configuration du routeur.A. Dans le menu Démarrer, choisissezParamètres et ouvrez le Panneau de config-uration. Dans le Panneau de configuration,double-cliquez sur l’icône Réseau pour ouvrirl’écran Réseau.B. Sélectionnez l’onglet Configuration et mettezen surbrillance la ligne TCP/IP de l’adaptateurEthernet concerné*. Si le mot TCP/IP apparaîtseul, sélectionnez cette ligne**. Cliquez ensuitesur le bouton Propriétés.C. Cliquez sur l’onglet Adresse IP et sélectionnezObtenir une adresse IP automatiquement.D. Cliquez sur l’onglet Passerelle et vérifiez quele champ Passerelles installées est vide.Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton OK.E. Cliquez de nouveau sur le bouton OK.  Windowspeut vous demander la disquette d’installationWindows d’origine ou des fichiers supplémen-taires. Indiquez leur emplacement, par exempleD:\win98, D:\win9x, c:\windows\options\cabs,etc. Cela suppose que « D » soit la lettre dulecteur de CD-ROM.F. Si Windows vous demande de redémarrer le PC, cliquez sur le bouton Oui. Même siWindows ne vous le demande pas, redémarrez quand même l’ordinateur.*Remarque :ne choisissez pas une entrée TCP/IP dont le nom contient le terme DUN,PPPoE,VPN ou AOL.**Remarque : si aucune ligne TCP/IP n’est répertoriée, reportez-vous au Guide de l’utilisa-teur se trouvant sur le CD-ROM Setup Wizard (Assistant Installation) ou à la documen-tation de votre adaptateur Ethernet pour installer TCP/IP maintenant.Instant Wireless™ Series Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsÉtape 2 : configuration des PC Si vous utilisez :Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows MeBC
3938Les instructions suivantes partent du principe quevous utilisez l’interface par défaut de Windows XP. Sivous utilisez l’interface classique (dans laquelle lesicônes et les menus ressemblent à ceux des ver-sions précédentes de Windows), veuillez suivre lesinstructions fournies pour Windows 2000.A. Dans le menu Démarrer,ouvrez le Panneau deconfiguration et cliquez sur l’icôneConnexions réseau et Internet. Cliquezensuite sur l’icône Connexions réseau pourafficher l’écran Connexions réseau.B. Sélectionnez l’icône Connexion au réseaulocal pour l’adaptateur Ethernet concerné (ils’agit généralement de la première connexionau réseau local répertoriée). Double-cliquez surConnexion au réseau local.  C. Lorsque l’écran État de la connexion au réseaulocal apparaît,cliquez sur le bouton Propriétés.D. Sélectionnez  Protocole Internet (TCP/IP) etcliquez sur le bouton Propriétés.E. Sélectionnez Obtenir une adresse IP automa-tiquement et cliquez sur le bouton OK dans lesécrans suivants pour terminer la configurationdu PC.F. Redémarrez l’ordinateur.A. Dans le menu Démarrer, choisissezParamètres et ouvrez le Panneau de configu-ration.  Double-cliquez sur l’icône Connexionsréseau et accès à distance. L’écran Réseaus’affiche.B. Sélectionnez l’icône Connexion au réseaulocal pour l’adaptateur Ethernet concerné* (ils’agit généralement de la première connexion auréseau local répertoriée). Double-cliquez surConnexion au réseau local.  C. Lorsque l’écran État de la connexion au réseaulocal apparaît, cliquez sur le bouton Propriétés.D. Sélectionnez  Protocole Internet (TCP/IP) etcliquez sur le bouton Propriétés.E. Sélectionnez Obtenir une adresse IP automa-tiquement et cliquez sur le bouton OK dans lesécrans suivants pour terminer la configurationdu PC.F. Redémarrez l’ordinateur.*Remarque : ne choisissez pas une entrée TCP/IPdont le nom contient le terme DUN, PPPoE, VPN ouAOL.Instant Wireless™ Series Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsSi vous utilisez :Windows 2000EDCSi vous utilisez :Windows XPCDE
4140C. Si votre fournisseur de services Internet le demande, entrez le nom d’hôte et le nomde domaine du routeur dans les champs appropriés de l’onglet Setup (Configuration).Ces informations sont habituellement demandées par les fournisseurs de servicesInternet proposant un accès par câble.D. Pour configurer le routeur pourvotre réseau sans fil,vérifiez queles champs Wireless (Sans fil) del’onglet Setup (Configuration)(figure D) sont renseignés de lafaçon suivante :Enable/Disable (Activer/Désactiver):La sélection de la case d’optionEnable (Activer) active la fonc-tion sans fil du routeur. Les fonc-tions sans fil ne sont disponiblesque si elles sont activées.SSID : L’identificateur SSID (ou ESSID) est un nom unique attribué à votre réseausans fil. Il respecte la casse et ne doit pas comporter plus de 32 caractères. L’identificateurSSID par défaut est « linksys », mais vous pouvez le remplacer par un nom de réseau sansfil personnel.  Tous les points sans fil de votre réseau doivent utiliser le même SSID.Channel (Canal) : Sélectionnez le canal approprié pour votre réseau à partir de la listeproposée. Tous les points sans fil de votre réseau doivent utiliser le même canal pourfonctionner correctement.E. Le routeur prend en charge cinq types de connexion : DHCP (obtention automatiqued’une adresse IP), PPPoE, Adresse IP permanente, RAS et PPTP. Ces types sont sélec-tionnés dans le menu déroulant en regard de WAN Connection Type (Type de con-nexion WAN). L’écran Setup (Configuration) et les fonctions disponibles varient selon letype de connexion choisie. Les instructions correspondantes sont présentées ici :1. Obtain an IP Automatically (Obtenir une adresse IP automatiquement) Si votre fournisseur de services Internet indique que vous vous connectez par l’intermé-diaire d’une adresse IP dynamique (ou DHCP), procédez comme suit :a. Sélectionnez Obtain an IP automatically (Obtenir une adresse IP automatiquement)pour WAN Connection Type (Type de connexion WAN) (comme à la figure D plus haut).b. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer les paramètres.À l’étape 3,vous configurez le routeur pour l’utiliser dans votre réseau et accéder à Internetpar l’intermédiaire de votre fournisseur de services Internet (ISP). Votre ISP peut imposerl’emploi d’un nom d’hôte et d’un nom de domaine. Vous indiquerez aussi le type de confi-guration WAN dans l’onglet Setup (Configuration) du routeur à partir des informationsfournies par votre ISP. Vous devrez demander ces informations de configuration à votre ISP.Si vous ne disposez pas de ces informations, veuillez contacter votre ISP avant de conti-nuer. Pour savoir quelles questions poser à votre fournisseur de services Internet, reportez-vous à la question 1 de la section Aide.Les instructions de votre fournisseur de services Internet indiquent comment configurervotre PC pour un accès Internet. Comme vous utilisez maintenant le routeur pour partagerun accès Internet entre plusieurs ordinateurs, vous aurez besoin de ces informations pourconfigurer le routeur.A.Ouvrez le navigateur Web. Il est normal d’obtenir un message d’erreur à ce stade. Continuezà suivre ces instructions. Entrez192.168.1.1 dans le champAdresse de votre navigateur Web etappuyez sur la touche Entrée.B. Une fenêtre Mot de passe réseau,présentée à la figure B1, apparaît. (Les utilisateurs deWindows XP verront une fenêtre Connexion 192.168.1.1, présentée à la figure B2).Laissez le champ Nom d’utilisateur vide et entrez admin (le mot de passe par défaut)en minuscules dans le champ Mot de passe. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton OK.Instant Wireless™ Series Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsÉtape 3 : configuration du routeurAB1B2DRReemmaarrqquuee ::si vous souhaitez changer les paramètres WEPdu routeur, passez à la section Configuration de la sécuritésans fil.
4342Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 ports4. RASRAS est un service utilisé à Singapour uniquement. Si vous utilisez une connexion RAS,demandez à votre fournisseur de services Internet les informations de configuration néces-saires.5. PPTPPPTP est un service utilisé en Europeuniquement. Si vous utilisez une con-nexion PPTP, demandez à votre four-nisseur de services Internet les infor-mations de configuration nécessaires.F. Si ce n’est déjà fait, cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer lesparamètres.G. Remettez le modem câble ou DSL sous tension et redémarrez les ordinateurs. Ilsutilisent à présent les nouveaux paramètres du routeur.Remarque :vous ne devez configurer le routeur que sur un seul ordinateur. Si vous avezbesoin d’informations sur la configuration avancée,visitez le site Web de support tech-nique Linksys à l’adresse support.linksys.comou reportez-vous au Guide de l’utilisa-teur figurant sur le CD-ROM Setup Wizard (Assistant Installation).Félicitations ! La configuration du routeur est terminée. Vous pouvez tester la configu-ration en ouvrant votre navigateur Web à partir d’un ordinateur et en tapantwww.linksys.com/registration.Si vous ne parvenez pas à accéder à notre site Web, examinez à nouveau les procé-dures de cette section ou la section Aide de ce Guide de démarrage rapide.Instant Wireless™ Series2. Adresse IP permanenteSi votre fournisseur de services Internetindique que vous vous connectez parl’intermédiaire d’une adresse IP perma-nente (ou statique), procédez commesuit :a. Sélectionnez Static IP (Adresse IPpermanente) pour WAN ConnectionType (Type de connexion WAN).b. Dans les champs situés en regardde « Specify WAN IP Address »(Spécifier l’adresse IP WAN), entrezl’adresse IP.c. Renseignez le champ Subnet Mask(Masque de sous-réseau).d. Renseignez le champ DefaultGateway Address (Adresse depasserelle par défaut).e. Entrez l’adresse DNS dans leschamps 1,2 et/ou 3. Vous devez entrer au moins une adresse DNS.f. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer les paramètres.3. PPPoESi votre fournisseur DSL indique quevous vous connectez par l’intermédiairede PPPoE ou si vous entrez normale-ment un nom d’utilisateur ainsi qu’unmot de passe pour accéder à Internet,procédez comme suit :a. Sélectionnez  PPPoE pour WANConnection Type (Type de con-nexion WAN).b. Renseignez le champ User Name(Nom d’utilisateur).c. Renseignez le champ Password(Mot de passe).d. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply(Appliquer), pour enregistrer lesparamètres.e.  Cliquez sur l’onglet Status (État),puis sur le bouton Connect (Se connecter) pour lancer la con-nexion.E2E3E5
4544Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 ports2. Je rencontre des problèmes lors de la connexion à Internet. Quels voyantsdoivent être allumés à l’avant du routeur ?•Le voyant de chaque routeur s’allume pour toutes les connexions correctes établies àl’arrière du routeur, qu’il s’agisse d’un câble Ethernet ou d’un cordon d’alimentation.Par exemple, voici les voyants qui s’allument en général lorsqu’un ordinateur et unmodem câble ou DSL sont connectés :-  Lorsque le routeur est sous tension (l’adaptateur secteur est branché sur lerouteur), le voyant Powers’allume.-  Lorsqu’un câble Ethernet est correctement raccordé à un PC et au port 4 durouteur, les voyants Link/Act,Ful/Colet 100de la colonne 4 s’allument.- Si une connexion par modem câble ou DSL est établie, le voyant WAN Links’allume. Instant Wireless™ SeriesLa section Aide contient les questions les plus fréquentes sur la connexion à Internet. Sivous devez effectuer une configuration supplémentaire ou si vous souhaitez obtenir desinformations sur les fonctions avancées,visitez le site kb.linksys.comou consultez le Guidede l’utilisateur,qui contient une annexe consacrée au dépannage. Ce dernier est disponiblesur le CD-ROM Setup Wizard (Assistant Configuration).1. Je ne suis pas certain des informations que je dois me procurer auprès de monfournisseur de services Internet (ISP) pour la mise en service de mon réseau.Quelles questions dois-je poser ?Quel est mon type de connexion : adresse IP dynamique, adresse IP permanente ou PPPoE ?•Si j’utilise une adresse IP dynamique, je dois demander :-  Quel est mon nom d’hôte (éventuel) ?-  Quel est mon nom de domaine (éventuel) ?•Si j’utilise une adresse IP permanente, je dois demander :-  Quelle est mon adresse IP ?-  Quelle est ma passerelle ?-  Quel est mon DNS ?•Si j’utilise PPPoE (généralement employé par les ISP DSL), je dois demander :-  Quel est mon nom d’utilisateur ?-  Quel est mon mot de passe ?Lorsque vous avez obtenu ces informations, suivez les instructions du Guide de démarragerapide - Étape 3 : configuration du routeur et utilisez ces informations pour accéder à l’on-glet Setup (Configuration). Dans la section WAN Connection Type (Type de connexion WAN),reportez-vous au graphique de la page suivante :Aide ?Adresse IPdynamique (DHCP) 1. Sélectionnez  Obtain an IP automatically (Obtenir uneadresse IP automatiquement) pour WAN Connection Type(Type de connexion WAN). 2. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer lesparamètres.Procédez comme suit :Protocole PPPoE 1. Sélectionnez  PPPoE pour WAN Connection Type (Type deconnexion WAN). 2. Renseignez le champ User Name (Nom d’utilisateur). 3. Renseignez le champ Password (Mot de passe).4. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer lesparamètres.Adresse IP permanente 1. Sélectionnez Static IP (Adresse IP permanente) pour WANConnection Type (Type de connexion WAN). 2. Renseignez le champ IP Address (Adresse IP). 3. Renseignez le champ Subnet Mask (Masque de sous-réseau). 4. Renseignez le champ Gateway Address (Adresse depasserelle). 5. Entrez l’adresse DNS dans les champs 1, 2 et/ou 3. Vousdevez entrer au moins une adresse DNS.6. Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer lesparamètres.RAS ou protocolePPTP Si vous utilisez RAS (Singapore SingTel) ou le protocole PPTP(service en Europe), demandez à votre fournisseur de servicesInternet les informations de configuration nécessaires.Si vous avez ce typede connexion :
4746Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 ports•Le champ Adresse IP doit indiquer l’adresse IP 192.168.1.100 ou 192.168.1.xxx,où « xxx » représente un nombre supérieur à 100. Si votre adresse IP n’est pascomprise dans cette plage, maintenez enfoncé le bouton Reset (Réinitialisation)situé à l’avant du routeur pendant plus de 30 secondes. De cette manière, lesvaleurs par défaut du routeur sont rétablies et vous devez reconfigurer sa pagede configuration. Cette dernière opération effectuée, redémarrez l’ordinateur.C. À présent, vous devez configurer certains paramètres dans Windows.-  Accédez à votre bureau et double-cliquez sur Poste de travail, puis sur Panneau deconfiguration (pour les utilisateurs de Windows XP qui emploient l’interface pardéfaut, cliquez sur Démarrer, puis sélectionnez Panneau de configuration).-  Lorsque la fenêtre Panneau de configuration s’affiche, double-cliquez sur l’icôneOptions Internet (les utilisateurs de Windows XP qui emploient l’interface par défautdoivent cliquer sur Connexions réseau et Internet, puis sur Options Internet).-  Lorsque la fenêtre Options Internet apparaît,cliquez sur l’onglet Connexions.-  Activez la case à cocher Ne jamais établir de connexion (peu importe que cetteoption soit grisée).-  Cliquez sur le bouton Paramètres LAN situé dans l’angle inférieur droit.-  Lorsque la fenêtre Paramètres du réseau LAN apparaît, désactivez toutes les cases àcocher.-  Cliquez sur le bouton OK, sur le bouton Appliquer (le bouton Appliquer est grisé sivous n’avez modifié aucun paramètre),puis de nouveau sur le bouton OK.-  Quittez le Panneau de configuration et redémarrez votre ordinateur.4. Lorsque je clique sur l’icône permettant d’accéder à Internet et que j’entre lenom d’utilisateur ainsi que le mot de passe fournis par mon FAI, je ne parvienspas à me connecter à Internet. Quel est le problème ?Cela signifie que vous utilisez le logiciel fourni par votre FAI. Utilisez Internet Explorer ouNetscape Navigator, qui se trouvent sur votre bureau (ou dans le menu Démarrer deWindows XP).5. Lorsque j’utilise Internet Explorer, une boîte de dialogue s’affiche pour m’inviterà établir une connexion. Comment puis-je la désactiver ?A. Accédez à votre bureau et double-cliquez sur Poste de travail, puis sur Panneau deconfiguration (les utilisateurs de Windows XP qui emploient l’interface par défautdoivent cliquer sur Démarrer, puis sélectionner Panneau de configuration). B. Lorsque la fenêtre Panneau de configuration s’affiche, double-cliquez sur l’icôneOptions Internet (les utilisateurs de Windows XP qui emploient l’interface par défautdoivent cliquer sur Connexions réseau et Internet, puis sur Options Internet). C. Lorsque la fenêtre Options Internet apparaît, cliquez sur l’onglet Connexions.Instant Wireless™ Series•Mon voyant WAN Linkn’est pas allumé. Que dois-je vérifier ?-  Vérifiez que le câble qui relie le modem câble ou DSL et le routeur est identiqueà celui fourni avec votre modem. Selon le type de connexion utilisé par votremodem, il se peut que vous ayez besoin d’un câble Ethernet « droit » ou « croisé » (le type « droit » est plus courant).•Certains des voyants situés à l’avant du routeur ne s’allument pas lorsque je le brancheun PC.- Seul le voyant Link/Actdoit s’allumer pour qu’une connexion fonctionne cor-rectement.3. Je ne parviens à accéder ni à Internet ni à la page de configuration du routeur.Que dois-je vérifier ?A. Vérifiez d’abord que le modem câble ou DSL et les ordinateurs sont correctement con-nectés au routeur. Pour savoir comment vérifier les connexions,voir la question 2.B. Vérifiez ensuite que vous avez bien configuré vos PC pour communiquer avec le rou-teur. Vous trouverez ci-dessous des instructions destinées aux différentes versions deWindows.-Windows 95, 98 ou ME•Dans le menu Démarrer,cliquez sur Exécuter. Lorsque la fenêtre Exécuter appa-raît, entrez winipcfg dans le champ Ouvrir, puis cliquez sur le bouton OK.•Lorsque la fenêtre Configuration IP s’affiche, cliquez sur la case grise munied’une flèche noire vers le bas.•Une liste de cartes s’affiche. Sélectionnez la carte que vous utilisez pour vousconnecter à Internet. Ces entrées ne doivent pas contenir les termes « PPP »,« VPN », « AOL » ou « Dial-Up adapter ».•Le champ Adresse IP doit indiquer l’adresse IP 192.168.1.100 ou 192.168.1.xxx,où « xxx » représente un nombre supérieur à 100. Si votre adresse IP n’est pascomprise dans cette plage, maintenez enfoncé pendant plus de 30 secondes lebouton Reset (Réinitialisation) situé à l’avant du routeur. De cette manière, lesvaleurs par défaut du routeur sont rétablies et vous devez redéfinir sa page deconfiguration. Cette dernière opération effectuée, redémarrez l’ordinateur.-Windows NT, 2000 et XP•Dans le menu Démarrer, cliquez sur Exécuter. Lorsque la fenêtre Exécuterapparaît, entrez cmd dans le champ Ouvrir, puis cliquez sur le bouton OK.•Une invite de commande s’ouvre. Entrez ipconfig /all,puis appuyez sur la touche Entrée.
4948Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsInstant Wireless™ SeriesD. Activez la case à cocher Ne jamais établir de connexion. E. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer. F. Cliquez sur le bouton OK.6. Je n’obtiens aucune intensité de signal ni qualité de liaison. Que puis-je faire ?A. Assurez-vous que le voyant WLAN du routeur est allumé. B. Vérifiez que tous vos PC sans fil utilisent le mode « Infrastructure ».7. Comment puis-je améliorer la portée du routeur ?A. Éloignez au maximum le routeur du sol. B.Vérifiez qu’il n’existe aucune source importante de brouillage électrique. (Par exemple :des enceintes, des lampes fluorescentes, des micro-ondes, etc.) C. Modifiez le canal sans fil utilisé. Pour ce faire :- Ouvrez votre navigateur Web et tapez http://192.168.1.1 dans le champ « Adresse ».- Dans la zone « Enter Network Password » (Mot de passe réseau), laissez le champ « User Name » (Nom d’utilisateur) vide et tapez admin comme mot de passe. Cliquezensuite sur OK.- Dans l’onglet Setup (Configuration), sélectionnez le canal 1.- Cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour enregistrer les paramètres.- Répétez cette procédure jusqu’à ce que vous trouviez le canal offrant la meilleureportée.« xxx »WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) est une méthode de cryptage employée pour protégervos communications sans fil. WEP utilise une combinaison de clés 64 bits ou 128 bitspour mettre en œuvre un contrôle d’accès à votre réseau et des fonctions de sécurité parcryptage pour chaque transmission de données. Pour décoder une transmission de don-nées, chaque point du réseau doit utiliser une clé 64 bits ou 128 bits identique. Desniveaux de cryptage élevés augmentent le niveau de sécurité, mais, en raison de leurcomplexité, peuvent entraîner une diminution des performances du réseau.Le terme « 40 bits » désigne parfois le cryptage WEP. Il correspond simplement aucryptage WEP 64 bits. Ce niveau de cryptage WEP est qualifié de cryptage 40 bitsparce qu’il utilise une clé secrète 40 bits avec un vecteur d’initialisation 24 bits (40 + 24= 64).Les fournisseurs sans fil utilisent indifféremment ces deux noms. Linksys utilisele terme « 64 bits » pour désigner ce niveau de cryptage.Vérifiez le fonctionnement de votre réseau sans fil avant de tenter de configurer lecryptage WEP.Un réseau sans fil à cryptage WEP 128 bits NE PEUT PAS communiquer avec unréseau sans fil à cryptage WEP 64 bits. Par conséquent, vérifiez que tous vos disposi-tifs sans fil utilisent le même niveau de cryptage. Tous les dispositifs sans fil con-formes à la norme 802.11b prennent en charge le cryptage WEP 64 bits.Outre l’activation du cryptage WEP, Linksys recommande également la mise en œuvredes mesures de sécurité suivantes :•Changement du SSID par défaut « linksys » •Changement régulier de la clé WEPRemarque : le cryptage WEP est une mesure desécurité des données supplémentaire, non essen-tielle au fonctionnement du routeur.  Remarque : pour activer le cryptage WEP, vous devez d’abord activer les fonc-tions sans fil. Sélectionnez Enable (Activer) dans l’onglet Wireless (Sans fil)du routeur avant de continuer.Configuration de la sécurité sans fil
5150Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsInstant Wireless™ Series•WEP (64 Bit or 128 B) (WEP 64 bits ou 128 bits) Sélectionnez le niveau de cryptagedans la zone de liste déroulante. Le cryptage WEP 128bits est propre à Linksys etpeut créer des conflits avec le cryptage WEP d’autres fournisseurs.La clé de cryptage WEP est générée de l’une des deux manières suivantes :1. Vous pouvez créer une clé de cryptage en utilisant une phrase de passe(Passphrase).a. Renseignez le champ Passphrase (mot de passe défini par l’utilisateur). Cettephrase peut comporter jusqu’à 31 lettres, symboles et chiffres. Les espaces sontinterdits.b. Cliquez sur le bouton Generate (Générer) pour créer une clé. La clé comportera10 chiffres si vous choisissez un cryptage 64 bits ou 26 chiffres si vous choisis-sez un cryptage 128 bits. Cette clé sera utilisée pour crypter et décrypter les don-nées échangées entre le routeur et les PC sans fil de votre réseau.Le champ Key (Clé) n’affiche pas nécessairement tous les chiffres. Cliquez dansle champ Key (Clé). Déplacez le curseur vers la droite pour afficher le reste dela clé. Notez toute la clé EXACTEMENT telle qu’elle apparaît. 2. Vous pouvez entrer la clé de cryptage manuellement.Notez la phrase de passe ou la clé manuelle. Vous aurez besoin de ces informations pourles autres dispositifs sans fil sur le réseau, puisque la même clé de cryptage WEP doitêtre entrée sur tous les périphériques sans fil sur le réseau.Une fois que vous avez choisi la méthode de cryptage de clé et entré la phrase de passeou la clé manuelle, cliquez sur le bouton Apply (Appliquer) pour mettre fin à la partiecryptage de la configuration.Remarque : pour utiliser le cryptage WEP, tous les points du réseausans fil doivent activer le cryptage WEP et être configurés avec lesmêmes paramètres de clé.Remarque : dans Windows XP, une clé 128 bits générée par lerouteur sera qualifiée de clé « 104 bits (26 chiffres) » et une clé64 bits générée par le routeur de clé « 40 bits (10 chiffres) ».La procédure suivante indique comment utiliser le cryptage WEP1. Dans l’onglet Setup (Configuration) de l’utilitaire Web, sélectionnez Mandatory(Obligatoire) dans la section WEP.2. Cliquez sur le bouton WEP Key Setting (Paramètre de clé WEP) pour définir letype et le niveau de cryptage WEP.3. L’écran affiché à lafigure C-1 peutapparaître pour véri-fier que vous activezle cryptage WEP.Cliquez sur le bou-ton OK pour contin-uer.4. L’écran présenté à la figure C-2 apparaît. Vous pouvez y choisir les paramètres decryptage WEP.Figure C-2Figure C-1
5352Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsInstant Wireless™ Series2. Dans la fenêtre « Panneau de configuration », cliquez sur l’icône Connexionsréseau et Internet (figure C-4).3. Cliquez sur l’icône Connexions réseau (figure C-5).4. La fenêtre « Connexions réseau » apparaît (figure C-6). Sous Réseau local ouInternet à haute vitesse sont répertoriées toutes les cartes réseau installées et util-isées dans votre ordinateur. Double-cliquez sur l’icône Connexion réseau sans filassociée à votre adaptateur sans fil.Si la fenêtre « État de la connexion du réseau sans fil » apparaît, passez à l’étapesuivante.Figure C-4Figure C-5Windows XP ne permettant pas l’utilisation de la fonction « phrase de passe » Linksysavec les adaptateurs PC sans fil, vous devez entrer manuellement la clé générée dans lasection précédente.  Les instructions suivantes indiquent comment activer le cryptage WEP et entrer la cléde cryptage manuellement pour vos cartes PC sans fil afin de permettre au systèmeWindows XP d’établir une communication sans fil avec le routeur.Ces instructions partent du principe que votre lecteur de CD-ROM correspond à la let-tre d’unité D et que vous utilisez Windows XP dans le mode par défaut.Vérifiez que la clé WEP est générée par le routeur.1.  Dans le menu Démarrer, choisissez Panneau de configuration (figure C-3).Figure C-3Configuration de la sécurité sans fil dans Windows XP
5554Routeur de point d’accès sans fil avec commutateur 4 portsInstant Wireless™ Series6.Lorsque la fenêtre « État dela connexion du réseausans fil » apparaît (figureC-8), cliquez sur l’ongletConfiguration réseauxsansfil.7. Si le réseau sans fil appro-prié, spécifié par le SSIDdu routeur, est affiché dansla section« Réseaux favoris »(figure C-9), double-cliquezdessus et passez à l’étapesuivante.Sinon, cliquez sur leréseau sans fil approprié,spécifié par le SSID durouteur, dans la section « Réseaux disponibles ».Cliquez ensuite sur le bou-ton Configurer.Figure C-8Figure C-9Si une fenêtre « Connexion à un réseau sans fil » apparaît, dans la section Réseauxdisponibles, cliquez sur le réseau sans fil concerné, spécifié par le SSID du routeur.Double-cliquez ensuite sur l’icône Connexion réseau sans fil.5. Lorsque la fenêtre « État de la connexion du réseau sans fil » apparaît (figure C-7),cliquez sur le bouton Propriétés.Figure C-6Figure C-7
5756Instant Wireless™ Series8. La fenêtre « Propriétés du réseau sans fil»(figure C-10) apparaît.Activez la case à cocher Cryptage de données (WEP activé).Désactivez les cases à cocher Authentification réseau (mode partagé) et La clém’est fournie automatiquement. Dans le champ « Clé réseau», entrez la clé exacte (tous les 10 ou 26 chiffres, selonle niveau de cryptage) générée par le routeur.Vérifiez que le champ « Format de la clé » contient « Chiffres hexadécimaux » etque le champ « Longueur de la clé » contient « 40 bits (10 chiffres) » ou « 104 bits(26 chiffres)». Si tel n’est pas le cas, vous n’avez pas entré la clé correctement.Cliquez sur le bouton OK pour enregistrer les paramètres. Cliquez sur les boutonsOK jusqu’à ce que vous reveniez à la fenêtre« État de la connexion réseau sans fil».Fermez toutes les fenêtres pour revenir au bureau de Windows XP.Fermez toutes les applications et redémarrez le PC. Après le redémarrage, la configurationWEP est terminée et vous devriez pouvoir établir une connexion sans fil au routeur.Figure C-10
5958COPYRIGHT UND MARKEN Copyright © 2002 Linksys. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. InstantWireless ist eine Marke von Linksys. Microsoft, Windows und das Windows-Logo sindeingetragene Marken der Microsoft Corporation. Alle anderen Marken undMarkennamen sind Eigentum der jeweiligen Firmen. FCC-KONFORMITÄTSERKLÄRUNG Der Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point-Routermit 4-Port-Switch wurde nach Maßgabe der Grenzwerte von Abschnitt 15 der FCC-Vorschriften geprüft und als digitales Gerät der Klasse B eingestuft. Zweck dieserGrenzwerte ist es, für angemessenen Schutz vor schädlichen Störungen im Umfeld einerPrivatinstallation zu sorgen. Dieses Gerät erzeugt und verwendet Funkfrequenzenergieund kann diese ausstrahlen. Bei unsachgemäßer Installation und Verwendung kann esStörungen des Funkverkehrs verursachen. Es kann nicht grundsätzlich ausgeschlossenwerden, dass in bestimmten Installationen Störungen auftreten. Für den Fall, dass dasGerät Störungen des Funk- oder Fernsehempfangs auslöst, die sich durch Aus- undEinschalten des Geräts feststellen lassen, wird dem Benutzer empfohlen, die Störungdurch eine oder mehrere der folgenden Maßnahmen zu beseitigen:• Antenne neu ausrichten oder an einem anderen Ort aufstellen• Abstand zum Empfänger oder Gerät erhöhen• Empfänger und Gerät an getrennten Stromkreisen anschließen• Händler oder erfahrenen Radio/TV-Fachmann hinzuziehenInhaltsverzeichnisEinführung 61Schritt 1: Anschließen des Routers 62Schritt 2: Konfigurieren der PCs 64Schritt 3: Konfigurieren des Routers 68Hilfe 72Konfigurieren der Wireless-Sicherheit 77Konfigurieren der Wireless-Sicherheit unterWindows XP 80Produktunterstützung erhalten Sie unter den folgenden Adressen:E-mail europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
6160Die Anweisungen in dieser Kurzanleitung helfen Ihnen, den Router anzuschließen,Ihre PCs zukonfigurieren und den Router in Ihrem Netzwerk einzurichten. Diese Anweisungen solltenausreichen, um ein einfaches Netzwerk mit freigegebenem Internetzugriff in Betrieb zunehmen. Der Router verfügt auch über erweiterte Funktionen,die jedoch ein entsprechendesFachwissen über Router und Netzwerke voraussetzen. Diese und andere Themen werden imBenutzerhandbuch behandelt,das sich auf der CD des Setup-Assistenten befindet.Das Setup desRouters ist demin der oben ste-henden Abbildung für Windows-PCs gezeigten Setup vergleichbar. Mit dem Router können SieIhre Kabel- oder DSL-Verbindung für mehrere Computer in Ihrem privaten oder geschäftlichenUmfeld freigeben. Eine solche Struktur wird LAN (Local Area Network) genannt.Diese Kurzanleitung vermittelt eine Übersicht der Komponenten zur Einrichtung eines ein-fachen privaten oder geschäftlichen Netzwerks. In den nächsten drei Abschnitten erfahrenSie, wie Sie Ihre Geräte einrichten und konfigurieren müssen, um über einen gemeinsamenHochgeschwindigkeitszugang zum Internet zu verfügen.Schritt 1: Anschließen des RoutersIn diesem Schritt schließen Sie den Router an Ihr Kabel- oder DSL-Modem an. Anschließendverbinden Sie Ihre PCs mit dem Router.Schritt 2: Konfigurieren der PCsHier ist beschrieben, wie Sie Ihre PCs konfigurieren müssen,um mit dem Router zu kommu-nizieren.Schritt 3: Konfigurieren des RoutersIn diesem Schritt lernen Sie grundlegende Einstellungen des Routers kennen,die den Betriebmit Ihrem Kabel- oder DSL-Modem und Ihren ISP-Einstellungen ermöglichen.Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchInstant Wireless™-SerieVielen Dank für die Wahl des Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point-Routers. DieserRouter ermöglicht Ihnen die Einrichtung eines Netzwerks mit Ihren PCs sowie die FreigabeIhrer Internet-Verbindung im Netzwerk.Wie kann der Router diese Funktionen erfüllen? Wenn Sie Ihr Kabel- oder DSL-Modemdirekt mit dem Router verbinden und Ihre PCs an den Ethernet-Ports des Routersanschließen,ist die Wirkung dieselbe,als wäre jeder PC direkt mit dem Internet verbunden.Auf diese Weise können mehrere PCs gleichzeitig eine Internet-Verbindung verwenden. Dader Router zugleich ein Access Point ist, kann er Ihr Ethernet-Netzwerk mit Ihren kabellosenPCs als Bridge verbinden.Was bedeutet das? Netzwerke sind ein wirkungsvolles Mittel zur gemeinsamen Nutzung vonComputerressourcen. Über Netzwerke können Sie beispielsweise von verschiedenenComputern aus auf einen Drucker zugreifen und mit Daten arbeiten, die sich auf derFestplatte eines anderen Computers befinden. Netzwerke werden sogar dazu verwendet,Videospiele mit mehreren Spielern zu ermöglichen. Sie sind also nicht nur für die Arbeitzuhause und im Büro,sondern auch für die Freizeit nützlich.Die PCs, die Sie an die vier LAN-Ports des Routers anschließen, bilden bei richtigerKonfiguration ein so genanntes LAN (Local Area Network), d. h. ein Nahbereichsnetzwerk.Sie sind über Ethernet-Kabel verbunden, die jeweils an den Ethernet-Karten der Computerund an den von 1 bis 4 nummerierten LAN-Ports des Routers angeschlossen sind. DerBegriff „Ethernet“, mit dem Netzwerkkomponenten wie Kabel und Netzwerkkarten be-zeichnet werden, weist darauf hin, dass Ethernet der Typ des Netzwerks ist, das Sie einrichten.In der Dokumentation des Routers bezeichnet „Ethernet“ alle Netzwerkkomponenten, dieComputerdaten mit 10 bis 100 Mbit/s übertragen. (10 und 100 Mbit/s sind die von denNetzwerkgeräten verwendeten Übertragungsraten.  Wenn Daten mit 10 Mbit/s übertragenwerden, entspricht dies dem Inhalt von mehr als sieben Disketten pro Sekunde!Netzwerkkomponenten, die mit 100 Mbit/s arbeiten, transportieren die Daten sogar nochzehnmal schneller!)PCs können mit dem Router auch kabellos kommunizieren. Wenn Sie Ihre kabellosen PCsund den Router mit denselben Wireless-Einstellungen konfigurieren, können Sie diesekabellosen PCs in Ihr vorhandenes Ethernet-Netzwerk einbinden.Ein besonders interessanter Aspekt ist, dass der Router die gemeinsame Nutzung IhrerKabel- oder DSL-Internetverbindung ermöglicht. Hierzu müssen Sie lediglich Ihr Kabel- oderDSL-Modem über ein Ethernet-Kabel an den WAN-Port des Routers anschließen. (WAN istdie Abkürzung von „Wide Area Network“, d. h. Weitbereichsnetzwerk.) Das Internet weistals globales Netzwerk die größte Ausdehnung aller Netzwerke auf! Die an den Routerangeschlossenen PCs können diese Verbindung nutzen.EinführungHHiinnwweeiiss::Diese Kurzanleitung beschreibt die Einrichtung des Routers mit Ethernet-Kabeln. Der Router kann zwar auch über eine kabellose Verbindung eingerichtet wer-den. In dieser Kurzanleitung werden jedoch keine Details zur kabellosen Einrichtung desRouters beschrieben.  Wenn Sie den Router über eine kabellose Verbindung einrichtenmöchten, finden Sie weitere Informationen auf der Linksys-Website unterwww.linksys.com.So sieht die fertig gestellte Struktur aus:
6362In Schritt 1 verbinden Sie den Router mit Ihrem Kabel- oder DSL-Modem und Ihren priva-ten oder geschäftlichen Computern.Vergewissern Sie sich zunächst, dass alle Geräte ausgeschaltet sind, mit denen Sie arbei-ten werden, also die PCs, das Modem und der Router.A. Soweit Sie dies nicht bereits durchgeführt haben, schließen Sie jetzt Ihr Kabel- oderDSL-Modem richtig an. Für den Kabelbetrieb ist eine Koaxialbuchse (Abbildung A1) undfür den DSL-Betrieb eine Telefonbuchse vorgesehen (Abbildung A2). (Folgen Sie denAnweisungen im Installationshandbuch Ihres Kabel- oder DSL-Modems.)Instant Wireless™-SerieB. Verbinden Sie mit einem Ethernet-Kabel denLAN- bzw. Ethernet-Port des Kabel- oderDSL-Modems mit dem WAN-Port desRouters.C. Schließen Sie ein Ethernet-Kabelan die Ethernet-Karte Ihres PCsan.  Schließen Sie das andereEnde des Kabels an einen LAN-Port des Routers an. WiederholenSie diesen Vorgang für jedenweiteren PC, den Sie an denRouter anschließen möchten.Hinweis: Ist die Ethernet-Karte Ihres PCs nicht eingerichtet, finden Sie weitereInformationen in der Dokumentation der Ethernet-Karte.Um die Installation zu vereinfachen,beginnenSie mit dem LAN-Port 1 des Routers.Schließen Sie anschließend Port 2, Port 3 undschließlich Port 4 an.Wenn Sie mehr als vier PCs an den Routeranschließen möchten, müssen Sie an denUplink-Port des Routers einen Hub oderSwitch anschließen (wenn Sie den Uplink-Port verwenden, ist Port 4 nicht verfügbar).Weitere Informationen zum Uplink-Verfahren finden Sie im Benutzerhandbuchauf der CD des Setup-Assistenten.D. Verbinden Sie das Netzgerät mit dem Stromversorgungsanschluss des Routers.Schließen Sie das Netzgerät an einer Netzsteckdose an. Schalten Sie das Kabel- oderDSL-Modem ein. Schalten Sie dann den ersten PC ein, den Sie zum Konfigurieren desRouters verwenden möchten.Fahren Sie mit Schritt 2 fort: Konfigurieren Sie die PCs (siehe nächste Seite).Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchA1A2Schritt 1: Anschließen des RoutersBC1C2
6564In Schritt 2 werden Sie die einzelnen Computer für die Kommunikation mit dem Router kon-figurieren.Hierzu müssen Sie die Netzwerkeinstellungen Ihres PCs so einstellen,dass eine IP-Adresse(auch TCP/IP-Adresse genannt) automatisch bezogen wird. Computer verwenden IP-Adressen zur gegenseitigen Kommunikation über ein Netzwerk oder das Internet.Ermitteln Sie,unter welchem Betriebssystem Ihr Computer läuft,z. B. unter Windows 95,98,Millennium, 2000 oder XP.  Sie müssen den Typ des verwendeten Betriebssystems kennen,um fortzufahren. Hierzu können Sie auf die Schaltfläche Start klicken und anschließend dieOption Einstellungen auswählen. (Wenn Ihr Startmenü die Option Einstellungen nichtenthält, handelt es sich um Windows XP. Hier können Sie die Systemsteuerung direkt ausdem Startmenü wählen.) Doppelklicken Sie dann auf Systemsteuerung, und klicken Sieauf das Symbol System. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Abbrechen, wenn Sie fertig sind.Nachdem Sie jetzt wissen, welches Windows-Betriebssystem Sie verwenden, folgen Sie indiesem Schritt den Anweisungen für das Betriebssystem Ihres Computers. Diesen Vorgangmüssen Sie gegebenenfalls für jeden Computer wiederholen, den Sie mit dem Routerverbinden.Auf den nächsten Seiten erfahren Sie Schritt für Schritt, wie Sie Ihre TCP/IP-Einstellungenfür das verwendete Windows-Betriebssystem konfigurieren. Nachdem Sie die KonfigurationIhrer Computer abgeschlossen haben, fahren Sie mit Schritt 3 fort: Konfigurieren desRoutersA. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Start, klickenSie auf Einstellungen, und öffnen Sie dieSystemsteuerung. Doppelklicken Sie hier aufdas Symbol Netzwerk, um das FensterNetzwerk zu öffnen.B. Wählen Sie die Registerkarte Konfigurationaus, und markieren Sie Zeile TCP/IP für dieentsprechende Ethernet-Karte*. Wenn dasWort TCP/IP separat angezeigt wird, wählenSie diese Zeile aus**. Klicken Sie anschließendauf die Schaltfläche Eigenschaften.C. Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte IP-Adresse,und wählen Sie die Option IP-Adresseautomatisch beziehen.D. Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte Gateway,undvergewissern Sie sich, dass das FeldInstallierte Gateways leer ist. Klicken Sie aufdie Schaltfläche OK.E. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche OK.Möglicherweise werden Sie nun vom Systemnach den Original-Installationsdateien vonWindows oder nach zusätzlichen Dateiengefragt. Geben Sie den richtigen Dateipfad fürdiese Ressourcen an, z. B. „D:\win98“,„D:\win9x“,„C:\Windows\Options\cabs“ usw. (hierbei wird angenommen,dass „D“ derLaufwerkbuchstabe Ihres CD-ROM-Laufwerks ist).F. Wenn Sie vom System gefragt werden, ob Sie Ihren PC neu starten möchten,klicken Sieauf die Schaltfläche Ja. Führen Sie den Neustart in jedem Fall durch, auch wenn Siehierzu nicht aufgefordert werden.*Hinweis: Wählen Sie keinen TCP/IP-Eintrag, dessen Name die Zeichenfolgen „DUN“,„PPPoE“, „VPN“ oder „AOL“ enthält.**Hinweis: Ist keine TCP/IP-Zeile aufgelistet, sehen Sie im Benutzerhandbuch auf der Setup-CDdes Assistenten oder in der Dokumentation Ihrer Ethernet-Karte nach, wie Sie TCP/IPjetzt installieren.Instant Wireless™-Serie Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchSchritt 2: Konfigurieren der PCs Betriebssystem:Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows MeBC
6766Die folgenden Anweisungen setzen voraus, dass Siedie Standardoberfläche von Windows XP verwen-den. Wenn Sie die klassische Oberfläche verwenden(bei der die Symbole und Menüs wie in den vorheri-gen Windows-Versionen aussehen), folgen Sie denAnweisungen für Windows 2000.A. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Start, öffnenSie die Systemsteuerung, und klicken Sie aufdas Symbol Netzwerk- undInternetverbindungen. Klicken Sie dann aufdas Symbol Netzwerkverbindungen, um dasFenster Netzwerk zu öffnen.B. Wählen Sie das Symbol LAN-Verbindung fürdie entsprechende Ethernet-Karte aus (in derRegel ist dies die erste aufgelistete LAN-Verbindung). Doppelklicken Sie auf LAN-Verbindung.  C. Wenn das Statusfenster für die LAN-Verbindungangezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf die SchaltflächeEigenschaften.D. Wählen Sie Internetprotokoll (TCP/IP),und kli-cken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Eigenschaften.E. Wählen Sie IP-Adresse automatischbeziehen, und klicken Sie in den folgendenDialogfeldern auf die Schaltfläche OK, um dieKonfiguration des PCs abzuschließen.F. Starten Sie Ihren Computer neu.A. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Start, klickenSie auf Einstellungen, und öffnen Sie dieSystem-steuerung. Doppelklicken Sie hier aufdas Symbol Netzwerk- und DFÜ-Verbindungen. Hierdurch wird das FensterNetzwerk geöffnet.B. Wählen Sie das Symbol LAN-Verbindung für dieentsprechende Ethernet-Karte* aus (in der Regelist dies die erste aufgelistete LAN-Verbindung).Doppelklicken Sie auf LAN-Verbindung.  C. Wenn das Statusfenster für die LAN-Verbindungangezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf die SchaltflächeEigenschaften.D. Wählen Sie Internetprotokoll (TCP/IP),und kli-cken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Eigenschaften.E. Wählen Sie IP-Adresse automatisch beziehen,und klicken Sie in den folgenden Dialogfeldernauf die Schaltfläche OK, um die Konfigurationdes PCs abzuschließen.F. Starten Sie Ihren Computer neu.*Hinweis: Wählen Sie keinen TCP/IP-Eintrag, dessenName die Zeichenfolgen „DUN“, „PPPoE“, „VPN“oder „AOL“ enthält.Instant Wireless™-Serie Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchBetriebssystem:Windows 2000EDCBetriebssystem:Windows XPCDE
6968C. Sofern dies von Ihrem ISP vorgeschrieben wird, geben Sie den Hostnamen und denDomänennamen des Routers in den entsprechenden Feldern Host Name und DomainName der Registerkarte Setup ein (dies ist üblicherweise bei Kabel-ISPs der Fall).D. Um den Router für Ihr kabellosesNetzwerk zu konfigurieren, verge-wissern Sie sich, dass dieWireless-Felder auf der Regis-terkarte Setup (siehe AbbildungD) wie folgt ausgefüllt sind:Enable/Disable(Aktivieren/Deaktivieren):DurchAuswahl des Optionsfelds Enable(Aktivieren) werden die Wireless-Funktionen des Routers aktiviert.Die Wireless-Funktionen sind nurnach Aktivierung verfügbar.SSID: Die SSID (bzw. ESSID) ist eineindeutiger Name für Ihr kabel-loses Netzwerk.  Er darf maximal32 Zeichen umfassen; die Groß-/Kleinschreibung wird berücksichtigt. Die Standard-SSID lautet „linksys“. Sie sollten diese jedoch auf einen persönlichen Netzwerknamenändern. Alle Wireless Access Points in Ihrem Netzwerk müssen dieselbe SSID verwen-den.Channel (Kanal): Wählen Sie den entsprechenden Kanal für Ihr Netzwerk aus derangezeigten Liste. Alle Wireless Access Points in Ihrem Netzwerk müssen denselbenKanal verwenden, um einwandfrei zu funktionieren.E. Der Router unterstützt fünf Verbindungstypen: DHCP (automatischer Bezug der IP-Adresse), PPPoE, statische IP-Adresse, RAS und PPTP. Diese Typen können aus demPulldownmenü neben WAN Connection Type (WAN-Verbindungstyp) ausgewählt wer-den. Abhängig von Ihrer Auswahl des Verbindungstyps wird ein entsprechender Setup-Bildschirm mit spezifischen Funktionen angezeigt. Die Anweisungen hierzu finden Sienachfolgend:1. Obtain an IP Automatically  (IP-Adresse automatisch beziehen)Wenn Ihr ISP vorschreibt, dass Sie eine Verbindung über eine dynamische IP-Adresse (oderDHCP) herstellen sollen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:a. Wählen Sie für den WAN-Verbindungstyp die Option Obtain an IP automatically (IP-Adresse automatisch beziehen), wie zuvor in Abbildung D gezeigt.b. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Apply (Übernehmen) um die Einstellungen zu speich-ern.In Schritt 3 konfigurieren Sie den Router für Ihr Netzwerk und richten den Internetzugangüber Ihren Internetdienstanbieter (ISP) ein. Ihr ISP schreibt möglicherweise die Verwendungeines Hostnamens und eines Domänennamens vor. Außerdem legen Sie den WAN-Konfigurationstyp auf der Registerkarte Setup des Routers nach den Setup-InformationenIhres ISP fest. Diese Setup-Informationen müssen Ihnen vorliegen.Sollte dies nicht der Fallsein, wenden Sie sich an Ihren ISP, bevor Sie fortfahren. Die richtigen Fragestellungen anIhren ISP finden Sie in Frage Nr. 1 im Hilfeabschnitt.Die Anweisungen Ihres ISP beschreiben,wie Sie Ihren PC für den Internetzugriff einrichten.Da Sie jetzt den Router zur gemeinsamen Nutzung des Internetzugangs durch mehrereComputer verwenden, werden diese Setup-Informationen für die Router-Konfigurationbenötigt.A. Öffnen Sie Ihren Webbrowser. (Wenn Sie an diesem Punkt eine Fehlermeldung erhalten,können Sie diese ignorieren. Fahren Sie den Anweisungen entsprechend fort.) GebenSie im Adressfeld des Web-browsers  192.168.1.1 ein, unddrücken Sie die EINGABETASTE.B. Nun wird ein Fenster zur Eingabedes Netzwerkkennworts angezeigt (siehe Abbildung B1). Unter Windows XP wird dasFenster Verbinden mit 192.168.1.1 angezeigt (siehe Abbildung B2.). Lassen Sie dasFeld Benutzername leer, und geben Sie im Feld Kennwort das Standardkennwortadmin in Kleinbuchstaben ein. Klicken Sie anschließend auf die Schaltfläche OK.Instant Wireless™-Serie Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchSchritt 3: Konfigurieren des RoutersAB1B2DHHiinnwweeiiss:: Wenn Sie die WEP-Einstellungen des Routersändern möchten, fahren Sie mit dem Abschnitt zumKonfigurieren der Wireless-Sicherheit fort.
7170Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-Switch4. RASRAS ist ein Dienst,der nur in Singapur verwendet wird. Wenn Sie eine RAS-Verbindung ver-wenden, fragen Sie Ihren ISP nach den erforderlichen Setup-Informationen.5. PPTPPPTP ist ein Dienst, der nur in Europaverwendet wird. Wenn Sie eine PPTP-Verbindung verwenden, fragen SieIhren ISP nach den erforderlichenSetup-Informationen.F. Soweit Sie dies nicht bereits durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie jetzt auf die SchaltflächeApply (Übernehmen) um die Einstellungen zu speichern.G. Schalten Sie das Kabel- oder DSL-Modem aus und wieder ein, und starten Sie IhreComputer neu. Damit übernehmen diese Geräte jetzt die neuen Einstellungen desRouters.Hinweis:Der Router muss nur von einem Computer aus konfiguriert werden. ErweiterteSetup-Informationen finden Sie auf der Support-Website von Linksys untersupport.linksys.comoder im Benutzerhandbuch auf der CD des Setup-Assistenten.Das Setup ist beendet! Der Router ist nun vollständig konfiguriert. Sie können das Setuptesten, indem Sie Ihren Webbrowser auf einem der Computer öffnen undwww.linksys.com/registrationeingeben.Wenn Sie diese Website nicht öffnen können, sollten Sie die einzelnen Schritte indiesem Abschnitt noch einmal überprüfen oder im Hilfeabschnitt dieser Kurzanleitungnachschlagen.Instant Wireless™-Serie2. Statische IP-AdresseWenn Ihr ISP vorschreibt, dass Sie eineVerbindung über eine statische(unveränderliche) IP-Adresse herstellensollen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:a. Wählen Sie als WAN-Verbin-dungstyp die Option Static IP(statische IP-Adresse).b. Geben Sie in den Feldern nebenSpecify WAN IP Address (IP-Adresse angeben) die IP-Adresse ein.c. Geben Sie unter Subnet Mask dieSubnetmask ein.d. Geben Sie unter Default GatewayAddress die Standard-Gateway-adresse ein.e. Geben Sie unter DNS die DNS-Adresse in den Feldern 1,2 bzw. 3ein. Sie müssen mindestens eineDNS-Adresse eingeben.f. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Apply (Übernehmen) um die Einstellungen zu speichern.3. PPPoEWenn Ihr DSL-Anbieter vorschreibt,dass Sie eine Verbindung über PPPoEherstellen, oder wenn Sie üblicher-weise einen Benutzernamen und einKennwort eingeben, um auf dasInternet zuzugreifen, führen Sie dieseSchritte aus:a. Wählen Sie als WAN-Verbin-dungstyp die Option PPPoE.b. Geben Sie unter User Name denBenutzernamen ein.c. Geben Sie unter Password dasKennwort ein.d. Klicken Sie auf die SchaltflächeApply (Übernehmen) um dieEinstellungen zu speichern.e.  Klicken Sie auf die RegisterkarteStatus und anschließend auf die Schaltfläche Connect (Verbinden), um die Verbindungherzustellen.E2E3E5
7372Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-Switch2. Ich habe Probleme beim Herstellen einer Verbindung zum Internet. Welche derLEDs an der Vorderseite des Routers sollen leuchten?•Eine leuchtende Router-LED zeigt jeweils an, dass die zugehörige Verbindung an derRückseite des Routers einwandfrei ist, gleich ob es sich dabei um das Ethernet-Kabeloder um die Stromversorgung handelt.Beispielsweise leuchten üblicherweise die folgenden LEDs,nachdem ein Computer undein Kabel- oder DSL-Modem angeschlossen wurde:-  Wenn der Router eingeschaltet ist (wenn also das Netzteil am Routerangeschlossen ist), leuchtet die LED Power.-  Wenn ein Ethernet-Kabel an Port 4 des Routers und an einen PC richtigangeschlossen ist, leuchten die LEDs Link/Act,Ful/Colund 100in Spalte 4.-  Der Anschluss eines Kabel- oder DSL-Modems bewirkt das Aufleuchten der LEDWAN Link. Instant Wireless™-SerieIm Hilfeabschnitt finden Sie die am häufigsten gestellten Fragen zu Internetverbindungen.Wenn Sie zusätzliche Optionen festlegen möchten oder Informationen zu den erweitertenFunktionen benötigen, besuchen Sie kb.linksys.com, oder schlagen Sie imBenutzerhandbuch nach, das einen Anhang zur Fehlerbehebung enthält (es befindet sichauf der CD des Setup-Assistenten).1. Ich bin mir nicht sicher, welche Informationen ich von meinemInternetdienstanbieter (ISP) benötige, um mein Netzwerk in Betrieb nehmen zukönnen. Welche Fragen muss ich stellen?Welchen Verbindungstyp verwenden Sie:dynamische IP-Adresse,statische IP-Adresse oderPPPoE?•Wenn Sie eine dynamische IP-Adresse verwenden, benötigen Sie folgende Daten:-  Ihren Hostnamen (soweit erforderlich)-  Ihren Domänennamen (soweit erforderlich)•Wenn Sie eine statische IP-Adresse verwenden, benötigen Sie folgende Daten:- Ihre IP-Adresse- Ihre Gateway-Adresse- Ihre DNS-Adresse•Wenn Sie PPPoE verwenden (üblich bei DSL-ISPs),benötigen Sie folgende Daten:- Ihren Benutzernamen- Ihr KennwortNachdem Sie diese Informationen erhalten haben,folgen Sie den Anweisungen in Schritt 3der Kurzanleitung:Konfigurieren Sie den Router,und verwenden Sie diese Informationen zurEingabe auf der Registerkarte Setup. Beziehen Sie sich für den Abschnitt WAN ConnectionType (WAN-Verbindungstyp) auf das Diagramm auf der nächsten Seite:Hilfe ?Dynamische IP-Adresse (DHCP) 1. Wählen Sie als WAN-Verbindungstyp die Option Obtain an IPautomatically (IP-Adresse automatisch beziehen). 2. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Apply (Übernehmen) um dieEinstellung zu speichern.Führen Sie diese Schritte aus:PPPoE 1. Wählen Sie als WAN-Verbindungstyp die Option PPPoE. 2. Geben Sie unter User Name den Benutzernamen ein. 3. Geben Sie unter Password das Kennwort ein.4. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltflächen Apply (Übernehmen) um dieEinstellungen zu speichern.Statische IP-Adresse 1. Wählen Sie als WAN-Verbindungstyp die Option Static IP(statische IP-Adresse). 2. Geben Sie unter IP Address die IP-Adresse ein. 3. Geben Sie unter Subnet Mask die Subnetmask ein. 4. Geben Sie unter Gateway Address die Gatewayadresse ein. 5. Geben Sie unter DNS die DNS-Adresse in den Feldern 1, 2bzw. 3 ein. Sie müssen mindestens eine DNS-Adresseeingeben.6. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Apply (Übernehmen) um dieEinstellungen zu speichern.RAS oder PPTP Wenn Sie RAS (Singapore SingTel) oder PPTP (einen europäischenDienst) verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren ISP nach den erforderlichenSetup-Informationen.Verbindungstyp:
7574Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-Switch•Das Feld IP-Adresse muss die IP-Adresse 192.168.1.100 bzw. 192.168.1.xxxenthalten, wobei „xxx“ für eine Zahl größer 100 steht. Befindet sich Ihre IP-Adresse nicht in diesem Bereich,drücken Sie die Reset-Taste an der Vorderseitedes Routers länger als 30 Sekunden. Hierdurch wird der Router auf dieWerksvorgabe zurückgesetzt, daher müssen Sie die Setup-Seite des Routers neukonfigurieren. Führen Sie nach der Neukonfiguration der Setup-Seite einenNeustart des Computers aus.C. Anschließend konfigurieren Sie einige Einstellungen von Windows.-  Doppelklicken Sie auf dem Desktop auf Arbeitsplatz und dann auf Systemsteuerung(bei Verwendung der Standardoberfläche von Windows XP klicken Sie auf Start undwählen dann Systemsteuerung).-  Wenn das Fenster Systemsteuerung angezeigt wird, doppelklicken Sie auf das SymbolInternetoptionen (bei Verwendung der Standardoberfläche von Windows XP klickenSie auf Netzwerk- und Internetverbindungen und dann auf Internetoptionen).-  Wenn das Fenster Internetoptionen angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf die RegisterkarteVerbindungen.-  Aktivieren Sie die Option Keine Verbindung wählen. (Wenn diese Option abgeblendetist, müssen Sie nichts ändern.)-  Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche LAN-Einstellungen in der unteren rechten Ecke.-  Wenn das Fenster Einstellungen für lokales Netzwerk (LAN) angezeigt wird,deaktivierenSie alle Kontrollkästchen.-  Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK und anschließend auf die SchaltflächeÜbernehmen (wenn Sie keine Änderungen vornehmen mussten, ist die SchaltflächeÜbernehmen abgeblendet). Klicken Sie anschließend erneut auf die Schaltfläche OK.-  Schließen Sie die Systemsteuerung, und starten Sie Ihren Computer neu.4. Wenn ich auf das Symbol für den Internetzugang klicke und die Benutzer-name/Kennwort-Kombination eingebe, die mir mein ISP mitgeteilt hat, kann ichkeine Verbindung zum Internet herstellen. Was ist der Fehler?Sie verwenden die von Ihrem ISP bereitgestellte Software. Verwenden Sie stattdessenInternet Explorer bzw. Netscape Navigator. Diese Browser können Sie von Ihrem Desktopaus (unter Windows XP aus dem Startmenü) aufrufen.5. Wenn ich Internet Explorer verwende, wird ein Feld eingeblendet, dass zumHerstellen einer DFÜ-Verbindung auffordert. Wie kann ich diese Einstellungdeaktivieren?A. Doppelklicken Sie auf dem Desktop auf Arbeitsplatz und dann auf Systemsteuerung(bei Verwendung der Standardoberfläche von Windows XP klicken Sie auf Start undwählen dann Systemsteuerung). B. Wenn das Fenster Systemsteuerung angezeigt wird,doppelklicken Sie auf das SymbolInternetoptionen (bei Verwendung der Standardoberfläche von Windows XP klickenSie auf Netzwerk- und Internetverbindungen und dann auf Internetoptionen). C. Wenn das Fenster Internetoptionen angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf die RegisterkarteVerbindungen.Instant Wireless™-Serie•Die LED WAN Linkleuchtet nicht. Was muss ich überprüfen?- Prüfen Sie, ob es sich bei dem Kabel zwischen dem Kabel- oder DSL-Modem und demRouter um das mit dem Modem gelieferte Kabel handelt. Abhängig von demVerbindungstyp, den Ihr Modem verwendet, benötigen Sie entweder ein „ge-rades“ oder ein „gekreuztes“ Ethernet-Kabel (das „gerade“ Kabel ist das üblichere).•Nach dem Anschließen eines PCs leuchten einige der LEDs an der Vorderseite desRouters nicht.-  Die einwandfreie Funktion einer Verbindung ist bereits gewährleistet, wenn nurdie LED Link/Actleuchtet.3. Ich kann keine Verbindung zum Internet herstellen und nicht auf die Setup-Seitedes Routers zugreifen. Was muss ich überprüfen?A. Prüfen Sie zunächst, ob das Kabel- oder DSL-Modem und die Computer richtig mit demRouter verbunden sind. In der Antwort zur Frage Nr. 2 ist beschrieben, wie Sie dieseVerbindungen überprüfen.B. Prüfen Sie dann, ob Sie die PCs richtig für die Kommunikation mit dem Router konfig-uriert haben. Nachfolgend finden Sie Anweisungen hierzu für die verschiedenenVersionen von Windows.-Windows 95, 98 oder Me•Klicken Sie auf das Menü Start und dann auf Ausführen. Wenn das FensterAusführen angezeigt wird,geben Sie im Feld Öffnen die Zeichenfolge winipcfgein. Klicken Sie anschließend auf die Schaltfläche OK.•Wenn das Fenster IP-Konfiguration angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf das grauunterlegte Feld mit dem schwarzen,nach unten weisenden Pfeil.•Nun wird eine Liste mit Netzwerkkarten angezeigt. Wählen Sie die Karte aus,mitder Sie die Verbindung zum Internet herstellen. Diese Karteneinträge dürfen nichtdie Zeichenfolgen „PPP“, „VPN“, „AOL“ oder „DFÜ-Adapter“ enthalten.•Das Feld IP-Adresse muss die IP-Adresse 192.168.1.100 bzw. 192.168.1.xxxenthalten, wobei „xxx“ für eine Zahl größer 100 steht. Befindet sich Ihre IP-Adresse nicht in diesem Bereich,drücken Sie die Reset-Taste an der Vorderseitedes Routers länger als 30 Sekunden. Hierdurch wird der Router auf dieWerksvorgabe zurückgesetzt, daher müssen Sie anschließend die Setup-Seitedes Routers neu konfigurieren. Führen Sie nach der Neukonfiguration der Setup-Seite einen Neustart des Computers aus.-Windows NT, 2000 und XP•Klicken Sie auf das Menü Start und dann auf Ausführen. Wenn das FensterAusführen angezeigt wird, geben Sie im Feld Öffnen die Zeichenfolge cmd ein.Klicken Sie anschließend auf die Schaltfläche OK.•Hierdurch wird eine Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt. Geben Sie ipconfig /all ein,und drücken Sie dann die Eingabetaste.
7776Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchInstant Wireless™-SerieD. Aktivieren Sie die Option Keine Verbindung wählen. E. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Übernehmen. F. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK.6. Es wird keine ausreichende Signalstärke oder Verbindungsqualität angezeigt;was kann ich tun?A. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die WLAN-LED des Routers leuchtet. B. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Ihre kabellosen PCs den Infrastrukturmodus verwen-den.7. Wie kann ich die Betriebsreichweite des Routers verbessern?A. Vergewissern Sie sich,dass der Router möglichst hoch über dem Boden aufgestellt ist.B. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass sich in der Nähe keine großen elektrischenStörungsquellen befinden (wie beispielsweise Lautsprecher, Schaltschränke,Leuchtstoffröhren, Mikrowellengeräte usw.)C.  Wechseln Sie den verwendeten Wireless-Kanal. Hierzu gehen Sie wie folgt vor:- Öffnen Sie Ihren Webbrowser, und geben Sie im Adressfeld http://192.168.1.1 ein.- Lassen Sie im Dialogfeld Enter Network Password (Netzwerkkennwort eingeben) dasFeld User Name (Benutzername) leer, und geben Sie admin als Kennwort ein. KlickenSie anschließend auf OK.- Ändern Sie auf der Registerkarte Setup den Kanal auf 1.- Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Apply (Übernehmen) um die Einstellungen zu speich-ern.- Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang,bis Sie den Kanal mit der besten Reichweite gefundenhaben.WEP steht als Abkürzung für „Wired Equivalent Privacy“, ein Verschlüsse-lungsverfahren zum Schutz Ihrer kabellosen Datenkommunikation.  WEP verwendeteine Kombination aus 64-Bit- oder 128-Bit-Schlüsseln, um den Zugriff auf dasNetzwerk zu kontrollieren und die einzelnen Datenübertragungen sicher zu verschlüs-seln.  Um eine Datenübertragung zu decodieren, muss jeder Access Point im Netzwerkeinen identischen 64-Bit- bzw. 128-Bit-Schlüssel verwenden. Höhere Verschlüsse-lungsstärken gewährleisten zwar eine höhere Sicherheit, aufgrund der Komplexität derVerschlüsselung können sie jedoch eine verminderte Netzwerkleistung bewirken.Vielleicht haben Sie im Zusammenhang mit der WEP-Verschlüsselung auch den Begriff„40-Bit“ gehört.  Auch damit ist die 64-Bit-WEP-Verschlüsselung gemeint.  DieseWEP-Verschlüsselungsstufe wird „40-Bit“ genannt, weil sie einen geheimen 40-Bit-Schlüssel zusammen mit einem 24-Bit-Initialisierungsvektor verwendet (40 + 24 = 64).Die Hersteller von Wireless-Geräten verwenden beide Bezeichnungen. Linksys bezeich-net diese Verschlüsselungsstufe mit „64-Bit“.Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Ihr kabelloses Netzwerk funktioniert, bevor Sie versuchen,die WEP-Verschlüsselung zu konfigurieren.Ein nach dem 128-Bit-WEP-Verfahren verschlüsseltes kabelloses Netzwerk kannNICHT mit einem nach dem 64-Bit-WEP-Verfahren verschlüsselten kabellosenNetzwerk kommunizieren. Vergewissern Sie sich daher, dass alle Ihre kabellosen Gerätedie gleiche Verschlüsselungsstufe verwenden. Alle kabellosen Geräte, die der Norm802.11b entsprechen, unterstützen 64-Bit-WEP.Linksys empfiehlt nicht nur, WEP zu aktivieren, sondern darüber hinaus auch folgendeSicherheitsmaßnahmen zu ergreifen:•Ändern der SSID von der Vorgabe „linksys“•Regelmäßiges Ändern des WEP-SchlüsselsHinweis: Die WEP-Verschlüsselung ist ein zusätzlichesMittel zur Datensicherheit und für die Funktion desRouters nicht erforderlich.  Hinweis: Möchten Sie die WEP-Verschlüsselung aktivieren, müssen zuerst die Wireless-Funktionen aktiviert sein. Wählen Sie auf der Registerkarte Wireless (Kabellos) desRouters die Option Enable (Aktivieren), bevor Sie fortfahren.Konfigurieren der Wireless-Sicherheit
7978Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchInstant Wireless™-Serie• WEP (64-Bit oder 128-Bit) Wählen Sie die Verschlüsselungsstufe aus demDropdownfeld.  Die 128-Bit-WEP-Verschlüsselung von Linksys ist herstellerspezi-fisch und möglicherweise nicht kompatibel mit der WEP-Verschlüsselung andererHersteller.Der WEP-Schlüssel wird nach einem der folgenden beiden Verfahren generiert:1. Durch Verwendung eines Kennwortsatzesa. Geben Sie einen Kennwortsatz als benutzerdefiniertes Kennwort in das FeldPassphrase (Kennwortsatz) ein. Der Kennwortsatz kann bis zu 31 Buchstaben,Sonderzeichen und Ziffern enthalten. Leerzeichen sind nicht zulässig.b. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Generate (Generieren), um einen Schlüssel zuerstellen. Wenn Sie die 64-Bit-Verschlüsselung gewählt haben, besteht derSchlüssel aus 10 Ziffern, bei der 128-Bit-Verschlüsselung aus 26 Ziffern. Mitdiesem Schlüssel werden die zwischen dem Router und den kabellosen PCs desNetzwerks übertragenen Daten verschlüsselt bzw. entschlüsselt.Im Feld Key (Schlüssel) werden möglicherweise nicht alle Ziffern angezeigt. Indiesem Fall klicken Sie mit der Maus an eine beliebige Stelle in diesem Feld.Verschieben Sie den Mauszeiger nach rechts, um den Rest des Schlüsselsanzuzeigen. Der gesamte Schlüssel muss exakt so übernommen werden, wie erangezeigt wird. 2. Alternativ können Sie einen Schlüssel auch manuell eingeben.Notieren Sie sich den Kennwortsatz bzw. den manuellen Schlüssel. Sie benötigen dieseAngaben für die anderen kabellosen Geräte im Netzwerk, da bei diesen immer derselbeWEP-Schlüssel eingegeben werden muss.Nachdem Sie das Verschlüsselungsverfahren ausgewählt und entweder denKennwortsatz oder einen manuellen Schlüssel eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf dieSchaltfläche  Apply (Übernehmen). Damit ist die Verschlüsselungskomponente desSetup abgeschlossen.Hinweis: Um die WEP-Verschlüsselung einsetzen zu können, muss diese beiallen Access Points in Ihrem kabellosen Netzwerk aktiviert und auf dieselbeSchlüsseleinstellung eingestellt sein.Hinweis: Unter Windows XP wird der vom Router generierte 128-Bit-Schlüssel „104-Bit-Schlüssel (26 Ziffern)“ genannt und der vomRouter generierte 64-Bit-Schlüssel heißt „40-Bit-Schlüssel (10 Ziffern)“.Die folgenden Schritte zeigen Ihnen, wie Sie die WEP-Verschlüsselung einsetzen.1. Wählen Sie auf der Registerkarte Setup des Web-Dienstprogramms im AbschnittWEP die Option Mandatory (Obligatorisch).2. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche WEP Key Setting (WEP-Schlüsseleinstellung),um den Typ und die Stufe der WEP-Verschlüsselung einzustellen.3. Nun wird gegebenenfalls das in Abbildung C-1 dargestellte Dialogfeld angezeigt, indem bestätigt wird,dass Sie die WEP-Verschlüsselungaktivieren. KlickenSie auf die Schalt-fläche OK, um fort-zufahren.4. Nun wird das inAbbildung C-2 dargestellte Dialogfeld angezeigt. Hier können Sie Ihre WEP-Verschlüsselungseinstellungen wählen.Abbildung C-2Abbildung C-1
8180Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchInstant Wireless™-Serie2. Klicken Sie im Fenster Systemsteuerung auf das Symbol Netzwerk- undInternetverbindungen (siehe Abbildung C-4).3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Netzwerkverbindungen (siehe Abbildung C-5).4. Nun wird das Fenster Netzwerkverbindungen angezeigt (siehe Abbildung C-6).Unter LAN oder Hochgeschwindigkeitsinternet sehen Sie alle Netzwerkkarten,die in Ihrem Computer installiert und aktiviert sind. Klicken Sie dann auf dasSymbol Drahtlose Netzwerkverbindung zu Ihrer Wireless-Karte.Wird das Fenster Status von Drahtlose Netzwerkverbindung angezeigt, fahrenSie mit dem nächsten Schritt fort.Abbildung C-4Abbildung C-5Da Windows XP die Verwendung der Linksys-Kennwortsatzfunktion mit Wireless PC-Karten nicht gestattet, müssen Sie den im vorherigen Abschnitt generierten Schlüsselmanuell eingeben.  Die folgenden Schritte zeigen Ihnen, wie Sie WEP aktivieren und den Schlüssel für Ihrekabellosen PC-Karten manuell eingeben, um Ihr Windows XP-System für die kabelloseKommunikation mit dem Router einzurichten.Für diese Schritte wird vorausgesetzt, dass der Laufwerkbuchstabe Ihres CD-ROM-Laufwerks „D“ lautet und dass Sie Windows XP im Standardmodus ausführen.Außerdem muss Ihnen der vom Router generierte WEP-Schlüssel vorliegen.1. Wie in Abbildung C-3 gezeigt, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Start und öffnen dieSystemsteuerung.Abbildung C-3Konfigurieren der Wireless-Sicherheit unter Windows XP
8382Wireless Access Point-Router mit 4-Port-SwitchInstant Wireless™-Serie6. Wird das FensterEigenschaften vonDrahtloses Netzwerkangezeigt (sieheAbbildung C-8), klickenSie auf die RegisterkarteDrahtlose Netzwerke.7. Wird im Abschnitt Bevor-zugte Netzwerke dasentsprechende kabelloseNetzwerk über die SSIDdes Routers angezeigt(siehe Abbildung C-9),doppelklicken Sie daraufund fahren mit dem näch-sten Schritt fort.Andernfalls klicken Sie imAbschnitt Verfügbare Netz-werke auf das entspre-chende, über die SSID desRouters angezeigteNetzwerk. Klicken Sieanschließend auf dieSchaltflächeKonfigurieren.Abbildung C-8Abbildung C-9Wird das Fenster Mit dem drahtlosen Netzwerk verbinden angezeigt, klicken Sieunter Verfügbare Netzwerke auf das gewünschte Netzwerk, das über die SSID desRouters angegeben ist. Doppelklicken Sie dann auf das Symbol DrahtloseNetzwerkverbindung.5. Wird das Fenster Status von Drahtlose Netzwerkverbindung angezeigt (sieheAbbildung C-7), klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Eigenschaften.Abbildung C-6Abbildung C-7
8584Instant Wireless™-Serie8. Das Fenster Eigenschaften von Drahtloses Netzwerk (siehe Abbildung C-10) wirdangezeigt.Klicken Sie auf das Kontrollkästchen für die Option Datenverschlüsselung (WEPaktiviert).Deaktivieren Sie die Kontrollkästchen für die OptionenNetzwerkauthentifizierung (gemeinsamer Modus) und Schlüssel wird automa-tisch bereitgestellt. Geben Sie im Feld Netzwerkschlüssel den exakten, vom Router generiertenSchlüssel ein (alle 10 bzw. 26 Ziffern, abhängig von der Verschlüsselungsstufe).Vergewissern Sie sich, dass imFeld  Schlüsselformat dieOption  Hexadezimalziffernund im Feld Schlüssellängeentweder die Option 40 Bits(10 Ziffern) oder 104 Bits (26Ziffern) angezeigt wird. Wirdkeine diese Optionenangezeigt, haben Sie denSchlüssel falsch eingegeben.Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK, um die Einstellungen zu speichern. KlickenSie auf die Schaltflächen OK, bis Sie wieder zum Fenster Status von DrahtloseNetzwerkverbindung zurückgekehrt sind. Schließen Sie alle offenen Fenster, umzum Desktop von Windows XP zurückzukehren.Beenden Sie alle Anwendungen, und starten Sie Ihren PC neu. Nach dem Neustart istdie WEP-Konfiguration abgeschlossen, und Sie sollten eine kabellose Verbindung zumRouter herstellen können.Abbildung C-10
8786COPYRIGHT E MARCHI REGISTRATI Copyright © 2002 Linksys. Tutti i diritti sono riser-vati.  Instant Wireless è un marchio della Linksys.  Microsoft, Windows e il logotipoWindows sono marchi registrati della Microsoft Corporation.  Tutti gli altri marchi e nomicommerciali sono di proprietà dei rispettivi titolari. DICHIARAZIONE RELATIVA ALLA NORMATIVA FCC In base alle prove eseguite sull’ap-parecchio Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porte si è deter-minato che esso è conforme ai limiti relativi ai dispositivi digitali di classe B, secondo laParte 15 delle norme emanate dall’FCC (ente federale statunitense per le telecomuni-cazioni).  Tali norme sono state concepite per fornire una protezione adeguata da inter-ferenze pericolose in ambienti residenziali. Questo apparecchio genera, utilizza e puòirradiare energia a radiofrequenza e, se non è installato e impiegato seguendo leistruzioni, può causare interferenze dannose alle trasmissioni radio. Tuttavia non si puògarantire che non si verificheranno interferenze in installazioni specifiche. Se questoapparecchio causasse interferenze dannose alle trasmissioni radio o televisive, con-dizione determinabile spegnendo e accendendo l’apparecchio, si suggerisce all’utentedi cercare di eliminare le interferenze adottando una o più delle seguenti misure:• orientare diversamente o spostare l’antenna ricevente;• porre l’apparecchio ad una maggiore distanza dall’impianto ricevente;• collegare l’apparecchio a una presa di corrente diversa da quello dell'impiantoricevente;• richiedere assistenza a un rivenditore o a un tecnico radiotelevisivo esperto.SommarioIntroduzione 88Passaggio 1: Collegamento del router 90Passaggio 2: Configurazione dei PC 92Passaggio 3: Configurazione del router 96Guida 100Configurazione della protezione Wireless 105Configurazione della protezione Wireless inWindows XP 108Per assistenza, rivolgersi alla Linksys ai seguenti indirizzi:E-mail europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
8988Le istruzioni fornite in questa Guida di avviamento rapido facilitano il collegamento al router,la configurazione dei PC e la configurazione del router nella rete. Tali istruzioni dovrebberoessere sufficienti per configurare e mettere in esecuzione una rete di base,condividendo l’ac-cesso a Internet. Il router dispone inoltre di funzioni più avanzate il cui utilizzo però è con-sigliato solo a chi ha familiarità con router e reti. Questi e altri problemi sono trattati nelManuale dell’utente sul CD-ROM di Setup Wizard (Installazione guidata).L’impostazionedel router è simile a quellamostrata nellafigura prece-dente per qualsiasi PC Windows. Il router consente di condividere la connessione cable o DSLtra più computer a casa o in ufficio. Questo tipo di connessione è definito Local Area Network(rete locale) o LAN.Questa Guida di avviamento rapido fornisce un quadro generale di ciò che occorre perimpostare una rete di base in casa o in ufficio. Nelle tre sezioni successive viene spiegatocome impostare e configurare i propri apparecchi per consentire un accesso a Internet con-diviso ad alta velocità.Passaggio 1: Collegamento del routerL’utente viene assistito nel processo di collegamento del router al modem cable o DSL. Vienequindi mostrato in che modo i PC sono collegati al router.Passaggio 2: Configurazione dei PCViene descritto in che modo i PC sono configurati per comunicare con il router.Passaggio 3: Configurazione del routerL’utente viene assistito in alcune impostazioni di base del router, che ne consentono il fun-zionamento con il modem cable o DSL e le impostazioni del proprio ISP.Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSerie Instant Wireless™Grazie per aver scelto Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router. Questo router con-sentirà di configurare una rete con i propri PC e di condividere il collegamento a Internet.In che modo il router realizza tutto ciò? Collegando il modem cable o DSL direttamente alrouter e utilizzando le porte Ethernet del router per collegare i PC,è come se ogni PC fossecollegato direttamente a Internet. In questo modo,è possibile disporre di diversi PC in gradodi utilizzare simultaneamente un collegamento Internet. Inoltre, poiché è un Access Point,ilrouter può creare un ponte di collegamento tra la rete Ethernet e i PC Wireless.Qual è il significato di tutto ciò quindi? Le reti sono strumenti utili per la condivisione delle risorse del computer. È possibileaccedere a una stampante da computer differenti e accedere ai dati ubicati sull’unità discorigido di un altro computer. Le reti vengono inoltre utilizzate per i videogiochi in modalitàmultiplayer. Non sono quindi destinate solamente ad un uso domestico e di ufficio, mahanno anche una funzione ludica.I PC collegati alle quattro porte LAN del router, se configurati in modo appropriato, creanouna LAN o Local Area Network (rete locale). Vengono collegati con un cavo Ethernet inseri-to nell’adattatore Ethernet del computer ad un’estremità e in una delle porte LAN del router(con numero progressivo da uno a quattro) all’altra estremità. Il termine “Ethernet” vieneutilizzato per fare riferimento agli accessori di rete,come cavi e adattatori,poiché il termineEthernet fa riferimento al tipo di rete che si sta configurando. Nella documentazione relati-va al router, il termine Ethernet fa riferimento agli accessori che trasferiscono i dati delcomputer a una velocità compresa tra 10 Mbps e 100 Mbps. I termini 10 Mbps e 100 Mbpsfanno riferimento alla velocità utilizzata dai dispositivi di rete.  Il trasferimento dei dati allavelocità di 10 Mbps, è equivalente al trasferimento del contenuto di oltre sette floppy diskal secondo. Gli accessori di rete che funzionano alla velocità di 100 Mbps trasferiscono i datia una velocità 10 volte superiore.I PC possono inoltre interagire con il router in modalità Wireless. Configurando i PC inmodalità Wireless con le stesse impostazioni Wireless del router, è possibile creare un pontedi collegamento tra i PC in modalità Wireless, integrandoli comunque nella rete Ethernetesistente.Tuttavia, la funzione più importante del router è che consente di condividere il collegamen-to cable o DSL. Ciò viene effettuato collegando il modem cable o DSL alla porta WAN delrouter con un cavo Ethernet. (WAN è l’acronimo di Wide Area Network). Internet è una reteche, essendo globale, ricopre un’area vastissima. I PC collegati al router condividono talecollegamento.IntroduzioneNNoottaa::questa Guida di avviamento rapido indicherà all’utente le modalità di configu-razione del router con cavi Ethernet. Mentre il router può essere configurato attraversoun collegamento Wireless, i dettagli relativi alla configurazione del router in modalitàWireless non verranno approfonditi in questa Guida di avviamento rapido.  Gli utenti chedesiderassero configurare il router attraverso il collegamento Wireless, dovrebbero fareriferimento al sito Web di Linksys: www.linksys.com.Quanto segue è ciò che si andrà a configurare
9190Nel passaggio 1, si collegherà il router al modem cable o DSL e ai computer di casa o diufficio.Innanzitutto,accertarsi che tutti gli apparecchi da utilizzare, inclusi i PC, il modem e il router,siano scollegati dalla fonte di alimentazione.A. Se non è già stato fatto, collegare correttamente il modem cable o DSL, ovvero utiliz-zando il jack coassiale con il modem cable (Figura A1) o il jack telefonico con il modemDSL (Figura A2). Seguire le istruzioni fornite nel manuale di installazione allegato almodem cable o DSL.Serie Instant Wireless™B. Utilizzando un cavo Ethernet, collegare laporta LAN o Ethernet del modem cable oDSL alla porta WAN del router.C. Collegare un cavo Ethernet all’a-dattatore Ethernet del PC.Collegare l’altra estremità delcavo a una delle porte LAN delrouter. Ripetere questo processoper ogni PC che si desidera colle-gare al router.Nota: se l’adattatore Ethernet del PC non è configurato, fare riferimento alla documen-tazione relativa all’adattatore Ethernet per ulteriori informazioni.Per semplicità di installazione, iniziare con laPorta LAN 1 sul router, proseguire con laPorta 2, la Porta 3 e per finire con la Porta 4.Se si stanno collegando più di quattro PC alrouter, sarà necessario collegare un hub oswitch alla porta Uplink del router (se si uti-lizza la porta Uplink, non è possibile utiliz-zare la Porta 4). Per informazioni sul col-legamento tramite porta Uplink, fare riferi-mento al Manuale dell’utente contenuto nelCD-ROM dell’Installazione guidata.D. Collegare l’alimentatore di corrente allaporta di alimentazione del router. Successivamente, collegare l’alimentatore a unapresa di corrente. Attivare il modem cable o DSL. Quindi accendere il primo PC che sidesidera utilizzare durante la configurazione del router.Procedere al passaggio 2: Configurazione dei PC, alla pagina successiva.Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteA.1A.2Passaggio 1: Collegamento del routerBC1C2
9392Nel passaggio 2, verrà configurato ogni computer per la comunicazione con il router.Per effettuare ciò, sarà necessario configurare le impostazioni di rete del PC in modo cheottenga un indirizzo IP (o TCP/IP) automaticamente. I computer utilizzano gli indirizzi IP percomunicare reciprocamente attraverso una rete o attraverso Internet.Determinare il tipo di sistema operativo utilizzato dal computer: Windows 95, 98,Millennium, 2000 o XP.  È necessario conoscere il tipo di sistema operativo utilizzato dalcomputer. È possibile determinarlo facendo clic sul pulsante Start/Avvio e successiva-mente selezionando l’opzione Impostazioni. (Se il menu Start/Avvio non dispone del-l’opzione Impostazioni,il sistema utilizzato è Windows XP. È possibile selezionare il Pannellodi controllo direttamente dal menu Start/Avvio). Successivamente, fare clic su Pannello dicontrollo e fare doppio clic sull’icona Sistema.  Fare clic sul pulsante Annulla al termine.Una volta determinato il sistema operativo Windows utilizzato,seguire le istruzioni riportatein questo passaggio relative al sistema operativo del proprio computer. È possibile sia ne-cessario effettuare ciò per ogni computer da collegare al router.Le pagine successive forniscono all’utente le indicazioni, passo dopo passo,per configurarele impostazioni TCP/IP, sulla base del tipo di sistema operativo Windows utilizzato. Una voltaconfigurati i computer, proseguire con il passaggio 3:Configurazione del routerA. Fare clic sul pulsante Start/Avvio, quindi suImpostazioni e aprire il Pannello di control-lo. Da tale posizione, fare doppio clic sull’iconaRete per aprire la schermata relativa alla rete.B. Selezionare la scheda Configurazione e evi-denziare la voce TCP/IP relativa all’adattatoreEthernet* utilizzabile. Se il termine TCP/IPviene visualizzato da solo, selezionarlo**.Successivamente, fare clic sul pulsanteProprietà.C. Fare clic sulla scheda Indirizzo IP eselezionare Ottieni automaticamente un ind-irizzo IP.D. Fare clic sulla scheda Gateway e verificare cheil campo Gateway installati sia vuoto. Fare clicsul pulsante OK.E. Fare nuovamente clic sul pulsante OK.Windows potrebbe richiedere il disco originaledi installazione di Windows o file aggiuntivi.Fornire tali file, indicando l’ubicazione correttadegli stessi: ad esempio, D:\win98, D:\win9x,c:\windows\options\cabs ,ecc. (Ciò presuppone che “D”corrisponda alla lettera dell’u-nità CD-ROM).F. Se Windows richiede di riavviare il PC, fare clic sul pulsante Sì. Se Windows nonrichiede il riavvio, riavviare comunque il computer.*Nota: non selezionare una voce TCP/IP il cui nome contenga DUN,PPPoE,VPN o AOL.**Nota: se non è elencata una linea TCP/IP, fare riferimento al Manuale dell’utente con-tenuto nel CD-ROM dell’Installazione guidata o nella documentazione relativa all’adat-tatore Ethernet per installare ora il protocollo TCP/IP.Serie Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 portePassaggio 2: Configurazione dei PC Se si utilizza:Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows MeBC
9594Le istruzioni seguenti presuppongono l’utilizzo del-l’interfaccia predefinita di Windows XP. Se si utilizzal’interfaccia Classica (in cui le icone e i menu hannolo stesso aspetto delle precedenti versioni diWindow), seguire le istruzioni relative a Windows2000.A. Fare clic sul pulsante Start,aprire il Pannello dicontrollo e fare clic sull’icona Rete e connes-sioni Internet. Successivamente, fare clic sul-l’icona Connessioni di rete per visualizzare laschermata relativa alla Rete.B. Selezionare l’icona Connessione alla retelocale (LAN) per l’adattatore Ethernet* utilizz-abile (solitamente è la prima Connessione allarete locale elencata). Fare doppio clic suConnessione alla rete locale (LAN).  C. Quando viene visualizzata la schermata Stato diConnessione alla rete locale (LAN), fare clic sulpulsante Proprietà.D. Selezionare Protocollo Internet (TCP/IP) e fareclic sul pulsante Proprietà.E. Selezionare Ottieni automaticamente un indi-rizzo IP e fare clic sul pulsante OK sulle scher-mate successive per completare la configu-razione del PC.F. Riavviare il computer.A. Fare clic sul pulsante Start/Avvio, quindi suImpostazioni e aprire il Pannello di controllo.Da tale posizione, fare doppio clic sull’icona Retee connessioni remote. In questo modo verràvisualizzata la schermata relativa alla Rete.B. Selezionare l’icona Connessione alla retelocale (LAN) per l’adattatore Ethernet* utilizz-abile (solitamente è la prima Connessione allarete locale elencata). Fare doppio clic suConnessione alla rete locale (LAN).  C. Quando viene visualizzata la schermata Stato diConnessione alla rete locale (LAN), fare clic sulpulsante Proprietà.D. Selezionare Protocollo Internet (TCP/IP) e fareclic sul pulsante Proprietà.E. Selezionare Ottieni automaticamente un indi-rizzo IP e fare clic sul pulsante OK sulle scher-mate successive per completare la configu-razione del PC.F. Riavviare il computer.*Nota: non selezionare una voce TCP/IP il cui nomecontenga DUN,PPPoE,VPN o AOL.Serie Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSe si utilizza:Windows 2000EDCSe si utilizza:Windows XPCDE
9796C.Se richiesto dall’ISP, immettere l’Host Name (Nome host) e il Domain Name (Nomedominio) del router nei campi appropriati della scheda Setup (Configurazione). (Ciò vienerichiesto solitamente dagli ISP cheoffrono una connessione cable).D. Per configurare il router per larete Wireless, verificare che icampi Wireless della schedaSetup (Configurazione) (mostratinella figura D) vengano comple-tati nel modo seguente:Enable/Disable(Abilita/Disabilita): La selezionedel pulsante di opzione Enable(Abilita), consentirà l’abilitazionedella funzionalità Wireless delrouter. Le funzionalità Wirelessnon saranno disponibili se nonabilitate.SSID: SSID (o ESSID) è un nome univoco per la rete Wireless.  Fa distinzione tra ilmaiuscolo e il minuscolo e non deve superare i 32 caratteri.  L’SSID predefinito è“linksys “ ma è necessario modificarlo con un nome di rete Wireless personale.  Tuttele postazioni della rete Wireless devono utilizzare lo stesso SSID.Channel (Canale): Selezionare il canale appropriato alla propria rete dall’elenco forni-to.  Tutte le postazioni Wireless della rete devono utilizzare lo stesso canale per fun-zionare in maniera appropriata.E. Il router supporta cinque tipi di connessione: DHCP (ottiene un indirizzo IP automatica-mente), PPPoE, Static IP Address (Indirizzo IP statico) , RAS e PPTP. Questi tipi vengonoselezionati dal menu a discesa accanto a WAN Connection Type (Tipo di connessioneWAN). La schermata Setup (Configurazione) e le funzionalità disponibili differiranno inrelazione al tipo di connessione selezionata, le cui istruzioni sono incluse nel presentemanuale:1. Obtain an IP Automatically (Ottieni un indirizzo IP automaticamente)Se l’ISP determina che il collegamento avviene tramite un indirizzo IP dinamico (o DHCP),seguire i passaggi di seguito riportati:a. Selezionare Obtain an IP automatically (Ottieni un indirizzo IP automaticamente)come tipo di connessione WAN (secondo quanto mostrato in precedenza nella figuraD).b. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare le impostazioni.Nel passaggio 3, verrà configurato il router per il funzionamento nella propria rete e perottenere l’accesso a Internet tramite il proprio ISP (Internet Service Provider). L’ISP potrebberichiedere l’utilizzo di un Nome host e di un Nome dominio. Inoltre,verrà configurato il tipodi configurazione WAN (WAN Configuration Type) sulla scheda Setup (Configurazione) delrouter sulla base delle informazioni fornite dall’ISP. Tali informazioni di configurazione sonomesse a disposizione dall’ISP.Se non si è in possesso di tali informazioni, contattare il pro-prio ISP prima di continuare. Per determinare le informazioni da richiedere all’ISP, fare riferi-mento alla domanda n°1 contenuta nella sezione Guida.Le istruzioni fornite dall’ISP indicano le modalità di configurazione del PC per l’accesso aInternet.  Poiché ora si sta utilizzando il router per la condivisione dell’accesso a Internettra diversi computer, tali informazioni di configurazione verranno impiegate per la configu-razione router.A. Aprire il browser Web. (È normale che venga visualizzato un messaggio di errore aquesto punto. Continuare a seguire queste istruzioni). Immettere 192.168.1.1 nelcampo Indirizzo del browser Webe premere il tasto Invio.B. Viene visualizzata la finestra EnterNetwork Password (Password direte), mostrata nella figura A1. (Agli utenti di Windows XP verrà visualizzata la finestraConnect to 192.168.1.1 (Connetti a 192.168.1.1), mostrata nella figura A2.). Lasciare ilcampo User Name (Nome utente) vuoto e immettere admin (la password predefinita) incaratteri minuscoli nel campo Password.  Successivamente, fare clic sul pulsante OK.Serie Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 portePassaggio 3: Configurazione del routerAA.1A.2DNNoottaa:: se si desidera modificare le impostazioni WEP delrouter, passare alla sezione Configurazione della protezioneWireless.
9998Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porte4. RASRAS è un servizio utilizzato solo a Singapore. Se si utilizza una connessione RAS, verificarecon il proprio ISP le informazioni di configurazione necessarie.5. PPTPPPTP è un servizio utilizzato solo inEuropa. Se si utilizza una connessionePPTP, verificare con il proprio ISP leinformazioni di configurazione neces-sarie.F. Se non è ancora stato fatto, fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare leimpostazioni.G. Fornire di nuovo l’alimentazione al modem cable o DSL e riavviare i computer. Le nuoveimpostazioni del router diventeranno effettive.Nota:è necessario configurare il router solo da un computer. Se occorrono informazionisulle impostazioni avanzate, visitare il sito Web dell’assistenza di Linksys all’indirizzosupport.linksys.como consultare il Manuale dell’utente nel CD-ROM di Setup Wizard(Installazione guidata).Congratulazioni. Il router è stato correttamente configurato. È possibile verificarne laconfigurazione aprendo una sessione del browser Web da un qualsiasi computer eimmettendo www.linksys.com/registration.Se non si riesce a raggiungere il sito Web di Linksys, potrebbe essere necessariorivedere le impostazioni effettuate in questa sezione oppure consultare la sezione Guidain questa Guida di avviamento rapido.Serie Instant Wireless™2. Static IP (IP statico)Se l’ISP determina che il collegamentoavviene tramite un indirizzo IP statico(o fisso), seguire i passaggi riportati diseguito.a. Selezionare Static IP (IP statico)come tipo di connessione WAN.b. Nei campi accanto a “Specify WANIP Address” (Specificare indirizzoIP WAN) immettere l’indirizzo IP.c. Immettere la Subnet Mask.d. Immettere il Default GatewayAddress (Indirizzo gatewaypredefinito).e. Immettere il DNS nei campi 1, 2e/o 3. È necessario immetterealmeno un indirizzo DNS.f. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare le impostazioni.3. PPPoESe il provider DSL determina che ilcollegamento avviene tramite unaconnessione PPPoE o se di solito siimmette un nome utente e una pass-word per accedere a Internet, seguirei passaggi riportati di seguito.a. Selezionare PPPoE come tipo diconnessione WAN.b. Immettere lo User Name (Nomeutente).c. Immettere la Password.d. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply(Applica) per salvare leimpostazioni.e.  Fare clic sulla scheda Status(Stato) seguita dal pulsante Connect (Collegare) per avviare la connessione.E2E3E5
101100Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porte2. Si stanno verificando dei problemi di connessione a Internet. Quali LED dovreb-bero essere accesi sul pannello anteriore del router?•Si accenderà un LED del router per ogni collegamento correttamente effettuato sullaparte posteriore del router, sia che si tratti di un cavo Ethernet o di un cavo di ali-mentazione.Di seguito sono riportati i tipici LED che si accendono dopo aver collegato un computere un modem cable o DSL:-  Quando il router è acceso (l’adattatore di alimentazione è inserito nelrouter), il LED Power (Alimentazione)è acceso.-  Quando un cavo Ethernet è correttamente collegato tra un PC e la porta 4 delrouter, i LED Link/Act,Ful/Cole 100nella colonna 4 sono accesi.-  Con una connessione modem cable o DSL il LED WAN Linkè acceso. Serie Instant Wireless™Nella sezione Guida sono contenute le domande più frequenti relative alla connessione aInternet. In caso occorrano ulteriori informazioni sull’installazione o sulle funzioni avanzate,andare all’indirizzo kb.linksys.como consultare il Manuale dell’utente contenente un’ap-pendice Risoluzione dei problemi, disponibile nel CD-ROM di Setup Wizard (Installazioneguidata).1. In caso di dubbio sulle informazioni da richiedere all’Internet Service Provider(ISP) per configurare e mettere in funzione la rete, quali domande si dovrebberofare?Di che tipo di connessione dispongo: indirizzo IP dinamico, indirizzo IP statico o PPPoE?•Se utilizzo un indirizzo IP dinamico,dovrei chiedere:-  Qual è il mio nome host (se necessario)?-  Qual è il mio nome dominio (se necessario)?•Se utilizzo un indirizzo IP statico,dovrei chiedere:-  Qual è il mio indirizzo IP?-  Qual è il mio gateway?-  Qual è il mio DNS?•Se utilizzo PPPoE (in genere utilizzato dagli ISP che offrono una connessione DSL),dovrei chiedere:-  Qual è il mio nome utente?-  Qual è la mia password?Una volta ottenute le informazioni, seguire le istruzioni nella Guida di avviamento rapido alpassaggio 3:Configurazione del router e immettere queste informazioni nella scheda Setup(Configurazione). Nella sezione WAN Connection Type (Tipo di connessione WAN) fare riferi-mento al grafico sulla pagina successiva:Guida ?Dynamic IP Address(DHCP) (Indirizzo IPdinamico)1. Selezionare Obtain an IP automatically (Ottieni un indiriz-zo IP automaticamente) come tipo di connessione WAN.2. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare leimpostazioni.Seguire i passaggi riportati di seguito:PPPoE 1. Selezionare Static IP (IP statico) come  tipo di connessioneWAN. 2. Immettere lo User Name (Nome utente). 3. Immettere la Password.4. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare leimpostazioni.Static IP Address(Indirizzo IP statico) 1. Selezionare Static IP (IP statico) come  tipo di connessioneWAN. 2. Immettere l’IP Address (Indirizzo IP). 3. Immettere la Subnet Mask. 4. Immettere il Gateway Address (Indirizzo gateway). 5. Immettere il DNS nei campi 1, 2 e/o 3. È necessario immet-tere almeno un indirizzo DNS.6. Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare leimpostazioni.RAS o PPTP Se si utilizza RAS (Singapore SingTel) o PPTP (servizio europeo),verificare presso il proprio ISP le informazioni di configurazionenecessarie.Se si dispone di questotipo di connessione:
103102Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porte•Nel campo Indirizzo IP sarà visualizzato un indirizzo IP, come 192.168.1.100 o192.168.1.xxx, dove “xxx” è un numero maggiore di 100. Se l’indirizzo IP visualizzatonon rientra in questo intervallo,tenere premuto il pulsante Reset (Ripristina) sulla parteanteriore del router per più di 30 secondi. Verranno così ripristinate le impostazioni pre-definite del router e sarà necessario riconfigurarlo attraverso la pagina Setup(Impostazione). Al termine, riavviare il computer.C. Configurare ora alcune impostazioni in Windows.-  Sul desktop fare doppio clic su Risorse del computer, quindi fare doppio clic suPannello di controllo (per gli utenti di Windows XP che utilizzano l’interfaccia pre-definita, fare clic sul pulsante Start e scegliere Pannello di controllo).-  Nella finestra del Pannello di controllo fare doppio clic sull’icona Opzioni Internet (pergli utenti di Windows XP che utilizzano l’interfaccia predefinita,fare clic su Rete e con-nessioni Internet, quindi scegliere Opzioni Internet).-  Nella finestra Opzioni Internet fare clic sulla scheda Connessioni.- Selezionare Non utilizzare mai connessioni remote (questa opzione potrebbe ancheessere inattiva).-  Fare clic sul pulsante Impostazioni LAN nell’angolo inferiore destro.-  Nella finestra Impostazioni rete locale (LAN) deselezionare tutte le caselle.-  Fare clic sul pulsante OK,quindi su Applica (se non è stata apportata alcuna modifica,il pulsante Applica è inattivo). Successivamente, fare di nuovo clic sul pulsante OK.-  Uscire dal Pannello di controllo e riavviare il computer.4. È impossibile eseguire la connessione a Internet anche dopo aver fatto clic sul-l’icona per accedere a Internet e aver immesso il nome utente e la password for-niti dall’ISP. Qual è il problema?Il problema deriva dal fatto che si sta utilizzando il software fornito dall’ISP. Utilizzare inveceil browser Internet Explorer o Netscape Navigator situati sul desktop (nel menu di avvio inWindows XP).5. Durante l’utilizzo di Internet Explorer, viene visualizzata una finestra popup incui viene richiesto di effettuare una connessione remota. Come è possibile dis-attivarla?A. Sul desktop fare doppio clic su Risorse del computer, quindi fare doppio clic suPannello di controllo (per gli utenti di Windows XP che utilizzano l’interfaccia pre-definita, fare clic sul pulsante Start e scegliere Pannello di controllo). B. Nella finestra del Pannello di controllo fare doppio clic sull’icona Opzioni Internet (pergli utenti di Windows XP che utilizzano l’interfaccia predefinita,fare clic su Rete e con-nessioni Internet, quindi scegliere Opzioni Internet). C. Nella finestra Opzioni Internet fare clic sulla scheda Connessioni.Serie Instant Wireless™•Il LED WAN Link (collegamento WAN)non è acceso. Quali verifiche occorre fare?-  Verificare che il cavo utilizzato per collegare il modem cable o DSL al router siaquello fornito in dotazione con il modem. A seconda del tipo di connessione uti-lizzato dal modem, potrebbe essere necessario un cavo Ethernet “semplice”o “incrociato” (il tipo “semplice” è quello più comune).•Alcune delle spie luminose sulla parte anteriore del router non si accendono quando sicollega un PC.-  Affinché una connessione funzioni correttamente è sufficiente che sia acceso ilLED Link/Act.3. È impossibile accedere a Internet o visualizzare la pagina per l’impostazione delrouter. Quali verifiche occorre fare?A. Innanzitutto controllare che il modem cable o DSL e i computer siano correttamentecollegati al router. Per informazioni su come verificare che le connessioni funzioninocorrettamente, tornare alla domanda n. 2.B. Verificare quindi di aver configurato correttamente il PC per la comunicazione con ilrouter. Di seguito sono riportate le istruzioni per diverse versioni di Windows.-Windows 95, 98 o ME•Fare clic sul pulsante Start (Avvio) e scegliere Esegui. Nella finestra di dialogoEsegui immettere winipcfg nel campo Apri, quindi fare clic sul pulsante OK.•Nella finestra Configurazione IP fare clic sulla casella grigia con unafreccia nera rivolta verso il basso.•Verrà visualizzato un elenco di adattatori. Selezionare l’adattatore da utilizzareper connettersi a Internet. Le voci dell’elenco non devono contenere nel nome“PPP”,“VPN”,“AOL” o “Dial-Up adapter”.•Nel campo Indirizzo IP sarà visualizzato un indirizzo IP, come 192.168.1.100 o192.168.1.xxx, dove “xxx” è un numero maggiore di 100. Se l’indirizzo IP visual-izzato non rientra in questo intervallo, tenere premuto il pulsante Reset(Ripristina) sulla parte anteriore del router per oltre 30 secondi. Verranno cosìripristinate le impostazioni predefinite del router e sarà necessario riconfigurar-lo attraverso la pagina Setup (Impostazione). Al termine,riavviare il computer.-Windows NT, 2000 e XP•Fare clic sul pulsante Start (Avvio) e scegliere Esegui. Nella finestra di dialogoEsegui immettere cmd nel campo Apri, quindi fare clic sul pulsante OK.•Verrà visualizzato un prompt dei comandi. Immettere ipconfig /all, quindi pre-mere il tasto Invio.
105104Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSerie Instant Wireless™D. Selezionare Non utilizzare mai connessioni remote. E. Fare clic sul pulsante Applica. F. Fare clic sul pulsante OK.6. Cosa fare se non si riceve l’intensità del segnale o la qualità del collegamento?A. Verificare che il LED WLAN del router sia acceso. B. Verificare che tutti i PC wireless stiano utilizzando la modalità “Infrastructure”(Infrastruttura).7. In che modo è possibile incrementare il raggio di azione del router?A. Verificare che il router si trovi il più in alto possibile da terra. B. Verificare che nelle vicinanze non vi siano grandi sorgenti di interferenze elettriche (adesempio,altoparlanti, luci fluorescenti,forni a microonde e così via). C. Cambiare il canale wireless in uso nel modo seguente:- Aprire una sessione del browser e digitare http://192.168.1.1 nel campo “Indirizzo”.- Nella finestra “Password di rete” lasciare vuoto il campo “Nome utente” e digitareadmin come password. Quindi fare clic su OK.- Nella scheda Setup (Configurazione) impostare il canale su 1.- Fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) per salvare le impostazioni.- Ripetere l’operazione fino a trovare il canale che fornisce il migliore raggio di azione.WEP, un acronimo di Wired Equivalent Privacy, è un metodo di crittografia utilizzatoper proteggere le comunicazioni dei dati in modalità Wireless.  WEP utilizza una com-binazione di chiavi a 64 bit o 128 bit per fornire il controllo di accesso alla rete e perfornire la protezione di tipo crittografico ad ogni trasmissione di dati.  Per decodificareuna trasmissione di dati, ogni postazione della rete deve utilizzare una chiave a 64 bit oa 128 bit identica.  Livelli superiori di crittografia comportano livelli più elevati di pro-tezione, tuttavia, a causa della complessità della crittografia, potrebbero comportare unminore rendimento della rete.Quando si parla di crittografia WEP, ricorre a volte il termine “40 bit” .  Si tratta sem-plicemente di un altro termine che sta ad indicare la codifica WEP a 64 bit.  Questo li-vello di crittografia WEP è stato denominato a 40 bit poiché si serve di una chiave se-greta a 40 bit unitamente a un vettore di inizializzazione a 24 bit (40 + 24 = 64).  È pos-sibile che i fornitori di accessori Wireless utilizzino una denominazione differente.Linksys utilizza il termine “64 bit” quando fa riferimento a questo livello di crittografia.Accertarsi che la rete Wireless sia funzionante prima di tentare la configurazione dellacrittografia WEP.Una rete Wireless con crittografia WEP a 128 bit NON comunicherà con una reteWireless con crittografia WEP a 64 bit. Pertanto, accertarsi che tutti i dispositiviWireless stiano utilizzando lo stesso livello di crittografia.  Tutti i dispositivi Wirelessconformi allo standard 802.11b supporteranno la crittografia WEP a 64 bit.Oltre ad abilitare la crittografia WEP, Linksys raccomanda inoltre le implementazioni diprotezione seguenti:•Modificare l’SSID predefinito “linksys”•Modificare la chiave WEP regolarmenteNota: la crittografia WEP è una misura di protezione datiaggiuntiva e non essenziale per il funzionamento delrouter.  Nota: per poter abilitare la Crittografia WEP, è necessario prima abilitare lefunzionalità Wireless.  Selezionare Enable (Abilita) sulla scheda Wireless delrouter prima di continuare.Configurazione della protezione Wireless
107106Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSerie Instant Wireless™• WEP (64 Bit o 128 Bit) Selezionare il livello di crittografia dalla casella a discesa.La crittografia WEP a 128 bit è univoca per Linksys e potrebbe andare in conflittocon altre forme di crittografia WEP di altri fornitori.La chiave di crittografia WEP viene generata in uno dei seguenti modi:1. È possibile creare una chiave di crittografia utilizzando una Passphrase.a. Immettere una Passphrase, una password definita dall’utente, nel campoPassphrase.  La Passphrase può contenere un massimo di 31 lettere, simboli enumeri. Non è possibile utilizzare spazi.b. Fare clic sul pulsante Generate (Genera) per creare una chiave. La chiave saràcostituita da 10 cifre se è stata scelta una crittografia a 64 -bit o da 26 cifre se èstata scelta una crittografia a 128 bit. Questa chiave verrà utilizzata per codifi-care e decodificare i dati scambiati tra il router e i PC Wireless della rete.È possibile che il campo Key (Chiave) non visualizzi tutte le cifre.  Con il mouse,fare clic in qualsiasi punto del campo Key (Chiave).  Spostare il cursore sulladestra per visualizzare il resto della chiave.  Accertarsi di aver annotato l’interachiave ESATTAMENTE nel modo in cui viene visualizzata. 2. È possibile immettere la chiave di crittografia manualmente.Prendere nota della Passphrase o della chiave manuale (Manual Key).  Sarà necessariaper gli altri dispositivi Wireless presenti nella rete, poiché è necessario immettere lastessa chiave di crittografia WEP per tutti i dispositivi Wireless presenti nella rete.Una volta scelto il metodo di crittografia a chiavi e una volta immessa la Passphrase ola chiave manuale, fare clic sul pulsante Apply (Applica) e la parte relativa alla crit-tografia della configurazione è completata.Nota: per poter utilizzare la crittografia WEP, tutte le postazioni nellarete Wireless devono avere il protocollo WEP abilitato e configuratocon la stessa configurazione della chiave.Nota: in Windows XP, una chiave a 128 bit generata dal router,verrà denominata chiave a “104 bit (26 cifre)” e una chiave a64 bit verrà denominata chiave a “40 bit (10 cifre)”.I passaggi seguenti mostrano come utilizzare la crittografia WEP1. Dalla scheda Utility’s setup (Configurazione dell’Utilità) basata su Web, selezionareMandatory (Obbligatorio) sotto la sezione WEP.2. Premere il pulsante WEP Key Setting (Impostazione chiave WEP) per configu-rare il tipo e il livello di Crittografia WEP.3. È possibile chevenga visualizzata laschermata riportatanella figura C-1, cherichiede la confermadell’abilitazionedella crittografiaWEP.  Premere ilpulsante  OK percontinuare.4. Ciò porterà alla visualizzazione della schermata riportata nella figura C-2. Da taleschermata, verranno scelte le impostazioni di crittografia WEP.Figura C-2Figura C-1
109108Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSerie Instant Wireless™2. Nella finestra “Pannello di controllo”, fare clic sull’icona Rete e connessioniInternet, riportata nella figura C-4.3. Fare clic sull’icona Connessioni di rete, riportata nella figura C-5.4. Verrà visualizzata la finestra “Connessioni di rete” , come riportato nella figura C-6. Sotto la voce LAN o Internet ad alta velocità, verranno visualizzate tutte leschede di rete installate e funzionanti del computer. Fare doppio clic sull’iconaConnessione di rete Wireless associata all’adattatore Wireless.Se viene visualizzata la finestra “Stato di Connessione alla rete Wireless”, pro-seguire al passaggio successivo.Figura C-4Figura C-5Poiché Windows XP non consente di utilizzare la funzionalità Passphrase di Linksyscon gli adattatori Wireless del PC , sarà necessario immettere manualmente la chiavegenerata nella sezione precedente.  I passaggi seguenti consentiranno di abilitare il WEP e di immettere la chiave di crit-tografia per le schede Wireless dei PC, al fine di consentire al sistema Windows XP dicomunicare con il router in modalità Wireless.Questi passaggi presuppongono che all’unità CD-ROM sia assegnata la lettera D e chesi stia utilizzando Windows XP nella modalità predefinita.Accertarsi di disporre della chiave WEP generata dal router.1. Secondo quanto visualizzato nella figura C-3, fare clic sul pulsante Start e portar-si sul Pannello di controllo.Figura C-3Configurazione della protezione Wireless in Windows XP
111110Wireless Access Point Router con switch a 4 porteSerie Instant Wireless™6. Quando viene visualizzatala finestra “Proprietà -Connessione alla reteWireless”, secondo quantoriportato nella figura C-8,fare clic sulla scheda RetiWireless.7.Se la rete Wireless appro-priata, specificata dall’SSIDdel router, viene visualizzatanella sezione “Reti pre-ferite”, come riportato nellafigura C-9, fare doppio clicsu di essa e proseguire alpassaggio successivo.Altrimenti, fare clic sullarete Wireless appropriata,specificata dall’SSID delrouter, nella sezione “Retidisponibili”. Successi-vamente, fare clic sul pul-sante Configura.Figura C-8Figura C-9Se viene visualizzata la finestra “Connessione alla rete Wireless”, nella sezione Retidisponibili, fare clic sulla rete Wireless desiderata, specificata dall’SSID del router.Successivamente, fare doppio clic sull’icona Connessione alla rete Wireless.5. Quando viene visualizzata la finestra “Stato di connessione alla rete Wireless”,come riportato nella figura C-7, fare clic sul pulsante Proprietà.Figura C-6Figura C-7
113112Serie Instant Wireless™8.Verrà visualizzata la finestra “Proprietà - Rete Wireless” (riportata nella figura C-10).Fare clic sulla casella di controllo relativa all’opzione Crittografia dati (WEP abilita-to).Deselezionare i campi Autenticazione di rete (Modalità condivisa) e La chiaveviene fornita automaticamente. Nel campo “Chiave di rete”, immettere la chiave esatta (a 10 o 26 cifre, in relazioneal livello di crittografia) generata dal router.Verificare che nel campo “Formato chiave” sia visualizzato “Cifre esadecimali” enel campo “Lunghezza chiave” “40 bit (10 cifre)” o “104 bit (26 cifre)”. Se ciò nonviene visualizzato, la chiave è stata immessa in maniera non corretta.Fare clic sul pulsante OK per salvare le impostazioni.  Fare clic sui pulsanti OK finoa ritornare alla finestra “Stato di Connessione di rete Wireless”.  Chiudere tutte lefinestre aperte per ritornare al desktop di Windows XP.Chiudere tutte le applicazioni e riavviare il PC.  Dopo il riavvio, la configurazione WEPè completata e sarà possibile connettersi in modalità Wireless al router.Figura C-10
115114DIREITOS DE AUTOR E MARCAS COMERCIAIS Copyright © 2002 Linksys, Todos os direitos reservados.  Instant Wireless é uma marcacomercial da Linksys.  Microsoft, Windows e o logótipo Windows são marcas comerciaisregistadas da Microsoft Corporation.  Todas as outras marcas comerciais e nomes demarcas pertencem aos respectivos proprietários. DECLARAÇÃO DA FCC O router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portas Instant Wireless™ foi tes-tado e está em conformidade com os limites para um dispositivo digital da Classe B, deacordo com a Parte 15 das regras da FCC.  Estas regras foram concebidas para pro-porcionar uma protecção razoável contra interferência nociva numa instalação residen-cial. Este equipamento gera, utiliza e pode emitir energia de frequência de rádio e, senão for instalado e utilizado de acordo com as instruções, pode causar interferêncianociva a comunicações de rádio. No entanto, não existe qualquer garantia de que nãoocorrerá interferência numa determinada instalação. Se este equipamento causar inter-ferência nociva à recepção de rádio ou de televisão, o que pode ser determinado desli-gando e voltando a ligar o equipamento, o utilizador deverá tentar corrigir a interferên-cia através de uma ou mais das seguintes medidas:• Alterar a orientação ou localização da antena de recepção• Aumentar a distância entre o equipamento ou dispositivo• Ligar o equipamento a uma tomada diferente da utilizada pelo receptor• Consultar um técnico com experiência de rádio/TVÍndiceIntrodução 116Passo 1: Ligação do router 118Passo 2: Configuração dos PCs 120Passo 3: Configuração do router 124Ajuda 128Configurar a segurança sem fios 133Configurar a segurança sem fios no WindowsXP 136Para obter suporte técnico, contacte-nos nos endereços abaixo indicados:Correio electrónico europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
117116Utilize as instruções neste manual de iniciação rápida para ligar o router, configurar os seusPCs e configurar o router na sua rede. Estas instruções devem ser suficientes para colocaruma rede básica em funcionamento e partilhar o acesso à Internet. O router também vemequipado com funções mais avançadas,mas estas não devem ser utilizadas sem uma com-preensão mais aprofundada do funcionamento dos routers e das redes. Estas e outrasquestões são explicadas no manual do utilizador no CD-ROM do assistente de configuração.A configuração do router é semelhante à que é mostrada na figura acima, para qualquer PCa executar o Windows. O router permite-lhe partilhar a sua ligação por cabo ou DSL entrevários computadores em casa ou no escritório. Esta é chamada uma rede local ou LAN (LocalArea Network).Este manual de iniciação rápida fornece-lhe uma perspectiva geral do que é necessário paraconfigurar uma rede básica em casa ou no escritório. As três secções que se seguem expli-cam como configurar o equipamento de modo a permitir a partilha do acesso de alta veloci-dade à Internet.Passo 1: Ligação do routerÉ explicado o processo de ligação do router ao modem por cabo ou DSL. Em seguida, émostrado como os PCs são ligados ao router.Passo 2: Configuração dos PCsÉ descrito como os PCs são configurados para comunicar com o router.Passo 3: Configuração do routerSão explicadas algumas das definições básicas do router para que funcione com o modempor cabo ou DSL e com as definições do ISP.Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSérie Instant Wireless™Obrigado por escolher o router de ponto de acesso sem fios Instant Wireless™. Este routerirá permitir-lhe configurar os seus PCs em rede e partilhar a ligação à Internet.Como é que o router lhe permite tudo isto? Ligando o modem por cabo ou DSL directamenteao router e utilizando as portas Ethernet do router para ligar os PCs, como se cada PCestivesse directamente ligado à Internet. Desta forma, uma ligação à Internet pode ser uti-lizada simultaneamente por vários PCs. Além disso,por ser também um ponto de acesso,orouter pode estabelecer uma ponte entre a rede Ethernet e os PCs sem fios.Mas o que significa tudo isto? As redes são ferramentas úteis para partilhar recursos informáticos. É possível aceder auma impressora a partir de diferentes computadores, bem como a dados localizados nodisco rígido de outro computador. As redes são também usadas para jogos de computadormulti-jogador. Então, conclui-se que as redes não só são muito úteis em casa e noescritório,como podem ser também muito divertidas.Os PCs ligados às quatro portas LAN do router, depois de adequadamente configurados,constituem uma rede local (LAN:Local Area Network). Os computadores são ligados atravésde um cabo Ethernet que é ligado, numa extremidade, ao adaptador de Ethernet do com-putador e, na outra extremidade,a uma das portas LAN do router (numeradas de um a qua-tro). O termo “Ethernet”é utilizado para designar os acessórios de rede, tais como cabos eadaptadores, porque Ethernet se refere ao tipo de rede que está a ser configurado. Na do-cumentação do router,Ethernet refere-se aos acessórios que transferem os dados do com-putador de 10Mbps a 100Mbps. (10Mbps e 100Mbps referem-se às velocidades utilizadaspelos dispositivos de rede.  Ao transferir dados a 10Mbps, está a mover o equivalente a maisde sete disquetes por segundo! Os acessórios de rede que funcionam a 100Mbps movemos dados dez vezes mais rapidamente!)Os PCs também podem interagir com o router sem fios. Ao configurar os PCs sem fios uti-lizando as mesmas definições sem fios do router, é possível estabelecer uma ponte entresestes PCs sem fios, integrando-os na rede Ethernet existente.A funcionalidade mais espantosa do router é, talvez, o facto de permitir partilhar a ligaçãopor cabo ou DSL. Poderá usufruir desta funcionalidade ligando o modem por cabo ou DSLà porta WAN do router por meio de um cabo Ethernet (WAN refere-se a uma rede alargada:Wide Area Network). A Internet é uma rede global que abrange a maior área possível! OsPCs ligados ao router partilham esta ligação.IntroduçãoNNoottaa::Este manual de iniciação rápida irá ajudá-lo a configurar o router com cabosEthernet. Apesar de ser possível configurar o router através de uma ligação sem fios,este manual de iniciação rápida não fornece pormenores sobre como configurar orouter sem fios.  Os utilizadores que pretendem configurar o router através de uma lig-ação sem fios deverão consultar o Web site da Linksys em www.linksys.com.Esquema de configuração:
119118No passo 1, irá ligar o router ao modem por cabo ou DSL e aos computadores decasa ou do escritório.Primeiro,certifique-se de que todos os dispositivos com que está a trabalhar estãodesligados da corrente incluindo os PCs, o modem e o router.A. Se ainda não o fez, ligue o modem por cabo ou DSL à ligação adequada—a tomadacoaxial para cabo (figura A1) ou a tomada de telefone para DSL (figura A2) (Siga asinstruções do manual de instalação do modem por cabo ou DSL.)Série Instant Wireless™B. Utilizando um cabo Ethernet, ligue a portaLAN ou Ethernet do modem por cabo ou DSLà porta WAN do router.C. Ligue um cabo Ethernet ao adap-tador de Ethernet do PC.  Ligue aoutra extremidade do cabo a umadas portas LAN do router. Repitaeste processo para cada PC quepretender ligar ao router.Nota: Se o adaptador de Ethernet do PC não estiver configurado, consulte a documen-tação do adaptador de Ethernet para obter mais informações.De modo a facilitar a instalação,comece pelaporta LAN 1 do router, utilize em seguida aporta 2, depois a porta 3 e, finalmente, a porta 4.Se pretender ligar mais de quatro PCs aorouter, será necessário ligar um hub ouswitch à porta Uplink do router (se utilizar aporta Uplink, não poderá utilizar a porta 4).Para obter informações sobre o Uplink,con-sulte o manual do utilizador no CD-ROM doassistente de configuração.D. Ligue o adaptador de corrente à porta de ali-mentação do router. Em seguida, ligue o adaptador de corrente a uma tomada eléctri-ca. Ligue o modem por cabo ou DSL. Em seguida,ligue o primeiro PC que pretender uti-lizar ao configurar o router.Prossiga para o passo 2: Configuração dos PCs, na página seguinte.Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasA1A2Passo 1: Ligação do routerBC1C2
121120No passo 2, irá configurar cada um dos computadores para comunicarem com o router.Para tal, será necessário configurar as definições de rede do PC de modo a obter umendereço IP (ou TCP/IP) automaticamente. Os computadores utilizam os endereços IP paracomunicar uns com os outros através de uma rede ou da Internet.Descubra que sistema operativo está a ser executado pelo computador, como Windows 95,98, Millennium, 2000 ou XP.  Será necessário saber qual o sistema operativo utilizado pelocomputador. Para tal,clique no botão Iniciar e seleccione a opção Definições. (Se o menu‘Iniciar’ não tiver uma opção ‘Definições’,significa que está a utilizar o Windows XP. É pos-sível seleccionar ‘Painel de controlo’ directamente a partir do menu ‘Iniciar’.) Em seguida,clique em Painel de controlo e faça duplo clique no ícone Sistema.  Clique no botãoCancelar quando terminar.Depois de saber qual o sistema operativo do Windows a ser executado pelo computador,siga as instruções neste passo adequadas ao seu sistema operativo. Poderá ser necessáriorepetir este procedimento para todos os computadores que ligar ao router.As páginas que se seguem informam-no, passo a passo, sobre como configurar asdefinições TCP/IP com base no tipo de sistema operativo do Windows que está a utilizar.Depois de configurar os computadores, prossiga para o passo 3: Configuração do router.A. Clique no botão Iniciar, clique em Definiçõese abra o Painel de controlo. A partir daí, façaduplo clique no ícone Rede para abrir o ecrã‘Rede’.B. Seleccione o separador ‘Configuração’ e cliquena Linha TCP/IP para o adaptador de Ethernetaplicável*. Se a palavra TCP/IP aparecer soz-inha, seleccione essa linha**. Em seguida,clique no botão Propriedades.C. Clique no separador Endereço IP e seleccioneObter automaticamente um endereço IP.D. Clique no separador Gateway e verifique se ocampo ‘Gateway instalada’ está em branco.Clique no botão OK.E. Clique novamente no botão OK. O Windowspoderá solicitar-lhe o disco de instalaçãooriginal do Windows ou ficheiros adicionais.Forneça-os apontando a localização correctado ficheiro, por exemplo, D:\win98, D:\win9x,c:\windows\options\cabs, etc. (sendo “D” aletra da unidade de CD-ROM).F. Se o Windows lhe perguntar se pretende reiniciar o computador, clique no botão Sim.Se o Windows não lhe solicitar que reinicie o computador, faça-o ainda assim.*Nota: Não escolha uma entrada TCP/IP cujo nome mencione DUN,PPPoE,VPN, ou AOL.**Nota: Se não existir uma linha TCP/IP listada,consulte o manual do utilizador no CD-ROMdo assistente de configuração ou a documentação do adaptador de Ethernet para insta-lar o TCP/IP.Série Instant Wireless™ Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasPasso 2: Configuração dos PCs Se estiver a utilizar:Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows MeBC
123122As instruções que se seguem assumem que está aser executada a interface predefinida do WindowsXP. Se estiver a utilizar a interface clássica (em queos ícones e menus se assemelham às versões ante-riores do Windows), siga as instruções para oWindows 2000.A. Clique no botão Iniciar, abra o Painel de con-trolo e clique no ícone Ligações de Internet ede rede. Em seguida, clique no ícone Ligaçõesde rede para apresentar o ecrã ‘Rede’.B. Seleccione o ícone Ligação de rede local parao adaptador de Ethernet (normalmente, é aprimeira ligação de rede local listada). Façaduplo clique em Ligação de rede local.  C. Quando o ecrã ‘Estado da ligação de rede local’aparecer, clique no botão Propriedades.D. Seleccione  Protocolo Internet (TCP/IP) eclique no botão Propriedades.E. Seleccione  Obter automaticamente umendereço IP e clique no botão OK nos ecrãssubsequentes para concluir a configuração doPC.F. Reinicie o computador.A. Clique no botão Iniciar, clique em Definições eabra o Painel de controlo.  A partir daí, façaduplo clique no ícone Ligações de acesso tele-fónico e de rede. Será apresentado o ecrã‘Rede’.B. Seleccione o ícone Ligação de rede local parao adaptador de Ethernet* (normalmente, é aprimeira ligação de rede local listada). Façaduplo clique em Ligação de rede local.  C. Quando o ecrã ‘Estado da ligação de rede local’aparecer, clique no botão Propriedades.D. Seleccione  Protocolo Internet (TCP/IP) eclique no botão Propriedades.E. Seleccione  Obter automaticamente umendereço IP e clique no botão OK nos ecrãssubsequentes para concluir a configuração doPC.F. Reinicie o computador.*Nota: Não escolha uma entrada TCP/IP cujo nomemencione DUN,PPPoE,VPN, ou AOL.Série Instant Wireless™ Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSe estiver a utilizar:Windows 2000EDCSe estiver a utilizar:Windows XPCDE
125124C. Se for exigido pelo ISP,introduza o nome de anfitrião e o nome de domínio nos camposHost Name e Domain Name, respectivamente, no separador ‘Setup’ (Configuração).(Este procedimento é normalmente exigido pelos ISPs de cabo.)D. Para configurar o router para asua rede sem fios, verifique seos campos ‘Wireless’ (Sem fios)no separador ‘Setup’(Configuração), apresentados nafigura D, estão preenchidos daseguinte forma:Enable/Disable(Activar/desacti-var): Se seleccionar o botão deopção Enable (Activar), irá acti-var a funcionalidade sem fios dorouter. As funções sem fios sóestarão disponíveis se foremactivadas.SSID: O SSID (ou ESSID) é um nome exclusivo para a sua rede sem fios.  É sensível amaíusculas/minúsculas e não pode ultraassar os 32 caracteres.  O SSID predefinido é“linksys “ mas deverá atribuir um nome pessoal à rede sem fios.  É necessário quetodos os pontos na rede sem fios utilizem o mesmo SSID.Channel (Canal):Seleccione o canal apropriado para a sua rede a partir da lista forneci-da.  É necessário que todos os pontos na rede sem fios utilizem o mesmo canal parafuncionarem correctamente.E. O router suporta cinco tipos de ligações: DHCP (obtain an IP automatically) (DHCP, obterautomaticamente um endereço IP),PPPoE, Static IP Address (Endereço IP estático),RASe PPTP. Estes tipos são seleccionados a partir do menu pendente junto a WANConnection Type (Tipo de ligação WAN). O ecrã de configuração e as funcionalidadesdisponíveis dependem do tipo de ligação seleccionado,apresentando-se em seguida asinstruções para cada um deles:1. Obter automaticamente um endereço IP Se o ISP lhe disser que está a ligar através de um endereço IP dinâmico (ou DHCP),efectueos seguintes procedimentos:a. Seleccione Obtain an IP automatically (Obter automaticamente um endereço IP)como tipo de ligação WAN (tal como foi anteriormente mostrado na figura D).b. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definições.No passo 3,irá configurar o router para funcionar em rede e obter acesso à Internet atravésdo seu fornecedor de serviços Internet (ISP). O ISP pode requerer o uso de um nome deanfitrião e nome de domínio. Em seguida, irá definir o tipo de configuração WAN no sepa-rador de configuração do router, a partir das informações fornecidas pelo ISP. É necessárioobter estas informações de configuração junto do ISP.Se não possuir estas informações,contacte o ISP antes de prosseguir. Para saber que questões deve colocar ao ISP, consultea pergunta n.º 1 na secção ‘Ajuda’.As instruções do ISP informam-no sobre como configurar o PC para acesso à Internet.  Umavez que está a utilizar o router para partilhar o acesso à Internet entre diversos computa-dores, estas informações de configuração serão necessárias para configurar o router.A. Abra o Web browser (não se preocupe se receber uma mensagem de erro nesta altura.Continue a seguir as instruções). Introduza 192.168.1.1 no campo ‘Endereço’ do Webbrowser e prima a tecla Enter.B. Irá aparecer uma janela para introduzir a palavra-passe da rede,mostrada na figura B1.(Os utilizadores do Windows XP irão ver a janela ‘Ligar a 192.168.1.1’, mostrada na figu-ra B2.). Deixe o campo ‘User Name’ (Nome de utilizador) vazio e introduza admin (apalavra-passe predefinida),em minúsculas, no campo ‘Password’.  Em seguida, cliqueno botão OK.Série Instant Wireless™ Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasPasso 3: Configuração do routerAB1B2DNNoottaa:: Se estiver interessado em alterar as definições WEP do router,consulte a secção ‘Configurar a segurança sem fios’.
127126Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portas4. RASO RAS é um serviço utilizado apenas em Singapura. Se estiver a utilizar uma ligação RAS,consulte o seu ISP para obter as informações de configuração necessárias.5. PPTPO PPTP é um serviço utilizado apenasna Europa. Se estiver a utilizar umaligação PPTP, consulte o seu ISP paraobter as informações de configuraçãonecessárias.F. Se ainda não o tiver feito,clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definições.G. Desligue e volte a ligar o modem por cabo ou DSL à corrente e reinicie os computa-dores. Os computadores irão obter as novas definições do router.Nota: Só é necessário configurar o router a partir de um computador. Para obter infor-mações de configuração avançadas,consulte o Web site de suporte da Linksys em sup-port.linksys.comou o manual do utilizador no CD-ROM do assistente de configuração.Parabéns! Concluiu com êxito a configuração do router. Pode testar a configuraçãoabrindo o Web browser a partir de qualquer computador e entrando emwww.linksys.com/registration.Se não conseguir ir ao nosso Web site, reveja os procedimentos efectuados nesta secçãoou consulte a secção de ajuda deste manual de iniciação rápida.Série Instant Wireless™2. IP estáticoSe o ISP lhe disser que está a ligaratravés de um endereço IP estático (oufixo), efectue os seguintes procedi-mentos:a. Seleccione Static IP (IP estático)como tipo de ligação WAN.b.Nos campos junto a ‘Specify WAN IPAddress’ (Especificar endereço IPda WAN), introduza o endereço IP.c. Introduza a Subnet Mask(Máscara de sub-rede).d. Introduza o Default GatewayAddress (Endereço da gatewaypredefinida).e. Introduza o DNS nos campos 1, 2,e/ou 3. É necessário introduzirpelo menos um endereço de DNS.f. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definições.3. PPPoESe o fornecedor de DSL lhe disser queestá a ligar através de PPPoE ou se cos-tuma introduzir um nome de utilizador epalavra-passe para aceder à Internet,efectue os seguintes procedimentos:a. Seleccione PPPoE como tipo deligação WAN.b. Introduza o User Name (Nome deutilizador).c. Introduza a Password (Palavra-passe).d. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar)para guardar as definições.e. Clique no separador Status(Estado), seguido do botãoConnect (Ligar) para estabelecer a ligação.E2E3E5
128 129Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portas2. Estou a ter problemas para ligar à Internet.Que LEDs devem acender na parte dafrente do router?•Cada LED do router irá acender por cada ligação bem estabelecida na parte de trás dorouter—quer seja um cabo Ethernet ou um cabo de alimentação.Por exemplo,os seguintes LEDs acendem quando se liga um computador e um modempor cabo ou DSL:-  Quando o router é ligado (o adaptador de corrente está ligado aorouter), o LED Poweracende.-  Quando um cabo Ethernet é correctamente ligado entre um PC e a porta 4 dorouter, os LEDs Link/Act,Ful/Cole 100na coluna 4 acendem.-  A ligação de um modem por cabo ou DSL faz com que o LED WAN Linkacenda. Série Instant Wireless™A secção de ajuda contém as perguntas mais frequentes relacionadas com a ligação àInternet. Se tiver necessidades de configuração adicionais ou pretender obter informaçõesacerca das funcionalidades avançadas, visite kb.linksys.comou consulte o manual do uti-lizador, que contém um anexo dedicado à resolução de problemas (disponível no CD-ROMdo assistente de configuração).1. Não tenho a certeza sobre as informações que necessito de obter junto do meufornecedor de serviços Internet (ISP) para colocar a rede a funcionar. Quequestões devo colocar?Que tipo de ligação tenho: endereço IP dinâmico, endereço IP estático ou PPPoE?•Se estiver a utilizar um endereço IP dinâmico,devo perguntar:-  Qual é o meu nome de anfitrião (se necessário)?-  Qual é o meu nome de domínio (se necessário)?•Se estiver a utilizar um endereço IP estático,devo perguntar:-  Qual é o meu endereço IP?-  Qual é a minha gateway?-  Qual é o meu DNS?•Se estiver a utilizar PPPoE (tipicamente utilizado por ISPs de DSL), devo perguntar:-  Qual é o meu nome de utilizador?-  Qual é a minha palavra-passe?Depois de obter as informações, siga as instruções indicadas no passo 3 do manual de ini-ciação rápida,‘Configuração do router’,e introduza estas informações no separador ‘Setup’(Configuração). Na secção ‘WAN Connection Type’ (Tipo de ligação WAN),consulte o gráficona página seguinte:Ajuda ?Dynamic IP Address(DHCP) (Endereço IPdinâmico, DHCP)1. Seleccione Obtain an IP automatically (Obter automatica-mente um endereço IP) como tipo de ligação WAN .2. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definição.Efectue os seguintes procedimentos:PPPoE 1. Seleccione PPPoE como tipo de ligação WAN . 2. Introduza o User Name (Nome de utilizador). 3. Introduza a Password (Palavra-passe).4. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definição.Static IP Address(Endereço IP estáti-co)1. Seleccione Static IP (IP estático) como tipo de ligação WAN . 2. Introduza o IP Address (Endereço IP). 3. Introduza a Subnet Mask (Máscara de sub-rede). 4. Introduza o Gateway Address (Endereço de gateway).5. Inrroduza o DNS nos campos 1, 2,e/ou 3. É necessário intro-duzir pelo menos um endereço de DNS.6. Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definição.RAS ou PPTP Se estiver a utilizar RAS (SingTel na Singapura) ou PPTP (serviçona Europa),consulte o seu ISP para obter as informações de con-figuração necessárias.Se tiver este tipo deligação:
131130Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portas•O campo ‘Endereço IP’ deve mostrar 192.168.1.100 ou 192.168.1.xxx, sendo“xxx” qualquer número superior a 100. Se o seu endereço IP não estiver dentrodesse intervalo, mantenha o botão ‘Reset’ na parte da frente do router premidodurante mais de 30 segundos. Isto fará com as predefinições de fábrica sejamrepostas, de forma que será necessário voltar a configurar a página de configu-ração do router. Depois de configurar novamente a página de configuração,reini-cie o computador.C. Em seguida, irá configurar algumas definições em Windows.-  No ambiente de trabalho,faça duplo clique em O meu computador e, em seguida,façaduplo clique em Painel de controlo (Os utilizadores do Windows XP com a interfacepredefinida devem clicar em Iniciar e seleccionar Painel de controlo).-  Quando a janela do painel de controlo aparecer, faça duplo clique no ícone  Opções daInternet (os utilizadores do Windows XP com a interface predefinida devem clicar emLigações de Internet e de rede e, em seguida, em Opções da Internet).-  Quando a janela ‘Opções da Internet’ aparecer, clique no separador  Ligações.- Seleccione Nunca estabelecer uma ligação (está tudo bem se esta opção não estiv-er disponível).-  Clique no botão Definições da rede local… no canto inferior direito.-  Quando a janela ‘Definições da rede local’ aparecer,desmarque todas as caixas.-  Clique no botão OK e no botão Aplicar (o botão Aplicar não poderá ser seleccionadose não tiver efectuado nenhuma alteração). Em seguida,clique no botão OK novamente.-  Saia do painel de controlo e reinicie o computador.4. Quando clico no ícone para aceder à Internet e introduzo o nome de utilizador epalavra-passe fornecidos pelo ISP, não consigo estabelecer uma ligação àInternet. O que se passa?Se isto acontecer, significa que está a utilizar o software fornecido pelo seu ISP. Utilize oInternet Explorer ou o Netscape Navigator, localizados no ambiente de trabalho (ou no menu‘Iniciar’ no Windows XP).5. Quando utilizo o Internet Explorer, aparece uma caixa a solicitar que estabeleçauma ligação de acesso telefónico. Como posso desactivar essa opção?A. No ambiente de trabalho,faça duplo clique em O meu computador e, em seguida,façaduplo clique em Painel de controlo (Os utilizadores do Windows XP com a interfacepredefinida devem clicar em Iniciar e seleccionar Painel de controlo). B. Quando a janela do painel de controlo aparecer, faça duplo clique no ícone  Opções daInternet (os utilizadores do Windows XP com a interface predefinida devem clicar emLigações de Internet e de redee, em seguida, em Opções da Internet). C. Quando a janela ‘Opções da Internet’ aparecer, clique no separador  Ligações.Série Instant Wireless™•O LED WAN Linknão está aceso. O que devo verificar?-  Verifique se o cabo que está a usar entre o modem por cabo ou DSL e o router éo que foi fornecido com o modem. Consoante o tipo de ligação utilizada pelomodem, poderá necessitar de um cabo Ethernet directo (‘straight-through’) oucruzado (‘crossover’). O tipo directo é o mais comum.•Algumas das luzes na parte da frente do router não acendem quando eu ligo um PC.-  Apenas o LED Link/Acté necessário para que uma ligação funcione correcta-mente.3. Não consigo aceder à Internet nem à página de configuração do router. O quedevo veri-ficar?A. Em primeiro lugar, verifique se o modem por cabo ou DSL e os computadores estão cor-rectamente ligados ao router. Consulte a pergunta n.º 2 para obter informações sobrecomo verificar se as ligações estão correctas.B. Em seguida, verifique se configurou correctamente os PCs para comunicarem com orouter. Abaixo poderá encontrar instruções referentes às diversas versões do Windows.-Windows 95, 98 ou ME•Clique no menu Iniciar e, em seguida, clique em Executar. Quando aparecer ajanela ‘Executar’, introduza winipcfg no campo ‘Abrir’ e, em seguida, clique nobotão  OK.•Quando aparecer a janela ‘Configuração IP’, clique na caixa cinzenta comuma seta preta a apontar para baixo.•Irá aparecer uma lista de adaptadores. Seleccione o adaptador que utiliza parase ligar à Internet. Estes itens não devem conter “PPP”, “VPN”, “AOL” ou“Adaptador de acesso telefónico” como parte da entrada.•O campo ‘Emdereço IP’ deve mostrar 192.168.1.100 ou 192.168.1.xxx, sendo“xxx” qualquer número superior a 100. Se o seu endereço IP não estiver dentrodesse intervalo, mantenha o botão ‘Reset’ na parte da frente do router premidodurante mais de 30 segundos. Isto fará com as predefinições de fábrica sejamrepostas, de forma que será necessário voltar a configurar a página de configu-ração do router. Depois de configurar novamente a página de configuração,reini-cie o computador.-Windows NT, 2000 e XP•Clique no menu Iniciar e, em seguida, clique em Executar. Quando aparecer ajanela ‘Executar’, introduza cmd no campo ‘Abrir’ e,em seguida, clique no botãoOK.•Irá aparecer uma linha de comandos. Introduza ipconfig /all e, em seguida,prima a tecla Enter.
133132Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSérie Instant Wireless™D. Seleccione Nunca estabelecer uma ligação. E. Clique no botão Aplicar. F. Clique no botão OK.6. Não obtenho intensidade do sinal nem qualidade da ligação. O que posso fazer?A. Verifique se o LED WLAN do router está iluminado. B. Verifique se todos os PCs sem fios estão a utilizar o modo ‘Infrastructure’.7. Como posso aumentar a amplitude do router?A. Coloque o router tão elevado do chão quanto possível. B. Verifique se não existem fontes de interferência eléctrica significativa nas proximi-dades.  (Por exemplo: caixas de altifalantes, luzes fluorescentes, microondas,etc.) C. Mude o canal sem fios utilizado. Para o fazer:- Abra o Web browser e escreva http://192.168.1.1 no campo ‘Endereço’.- Na caixa ‘Enter Network Password’ (Introduzir palavra-passe da rede), deixe o campodo nome de utilizador em branco e escreva a palavra-passe admin. Em seguida, cliqueem OK.- No separador ‘Setup’ (Configuração), mude o canal para 1.- Clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para guardar as definições.- Continue a efectuar este procedimento até encontrar o canal que forneça a maioramplitude.Sendo um acrónimo para privacidade equivalente com fios (WEP: Wired EquivalentPrivacy), este constitui um método de encriptação utilizado para proteger as comuni-cações de dados sem fios.  A WEP utiliza uma combinação de chaves de 64 ou 128 bitspara proporcionar o controlo do acesso à sua rede e segurança de encriptação para todasas transmissões de dados.  Para descodificar uma transmissão de dados, cada ponto narede tem de utilizar uma chave de 64 ou 128 bits idêntica.  Níveis de encriptação supe-riores significam maiores níveis de segurança, mas devido à complexidade da encrip-tação, podem também significar uma diminuição no desempenho da rede.Também poderá ter ouvido falar no termo “40 bits” utilizado em associação com encrip-tação WEP .  Este é outro termo para encriptação WEP de 64 bits .  Este nível de encrip-tação WEP foi apelidado de 40 bits porque utiliza uma chave secreta de 40 bits junta-mente com um vector de inicialização de 24 bits (40 + 24 = 64).  Os fornecedores deequipamento sem fios poderão usar qualquer um dos nomes.  A Linksys utiliza o termo“64 bits” para se referir a este nível de encriptação.Certifique-se de que a rede sem fios está a funcionar antes de tentar configurar a encrip-tação WEP.Uma rede sem fios com encriptação WEP de 128 bits NÃO comunicará com uma redesem fios com encriptação WEP de 64 bits.  Por isso, certifique-se de que todos os dis-positivos sem fios utilizam o mesmo nível de encriptação.  Todos os dispositivos semfios em conformidade com a norma 802.11b suportam WEP de 64 bits.Para além da activação da WEP, a Linksys também recomenda a implementação dasseguintes medidas de segurança:•Alteração do SSID cujo valor predefinido é “linksys”•Alteração regular da chave WEPNota: A encriptação WEP é uma medida adicional desegurança de dados não essencial para o funcionamentodo router.  Nota: Para activar a encriptação WEP, é necessário activar, em primeiro lugar,as funções sem fios.  Seleccione Enable (Activar) no separador ‘Wireless’(Sem fios) antes de prosseguir.Configurar a segurança sem fios
135134Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSérie Instant Wireless™• WEP (64B ou 128B) Seleccione o nível de encriptação a partir da caixa pendente.A encriptação WEP de 128 bits é exclusiva da Linksys e pode entrar em conflitocom a encriptação WEP de outros fornecedores.A chave de encriptação WEP é gerada de uma das seguintes formas:1. O utilizador pode criar uma chave de encriptação utilizando uma Passphrase (Frase-passe).a. Introduza uma frase-passe, uma palavra-passe definida pelo utilizador, no campoPassphrase.  A frase-passe pode conter até 31 letras, símbolos e números. Não épossível utilizar espaços.b. Clique no botão Generate (Gerar) para criar uma chave. A chave terá 10 dígitos,se escolher encriptação de 64 bits ou 26 dígitos, se escolher encriptação de 128bits. Esta chave será utilizada para encriptar e desencriptar os dados enviadosentre o router e os PCs sem fios da rede.O campo ‘Key’ (Chave) pode não apresentar todos os dígitos.  Com o rato, cliqueem qualquer parte no campo ‘Key’ (Chave).  Mova o cursor para a direita paraver o resto da chave.  Certifique-se de que escreve toda a chave EXACTA-MENTE da forma como é mostrada. 2. Pode introduzir a chave de encriptação manualmente.Tome nota da frase-passe ou chave manual.  Ela será necessária para os outros disposi-tivos sem fios da rede, uma vez que todos têm de possuir a mesma chave de encriptaçãoWEP.Uma vez escolhido o método da chave de encriptação e introduzida a frase-passe ouchave manual, clique no botão Apply (Aplicar) para concluir a parte do processo deconfiguração destinada à encriptação.Nota: Para utilizar a encriptação WEP, todos os pontos na rede semfios têm de ter a WEP activada e possuir a mesma definição de chave.Nota: No Windows XP, uma chave de 128 bits gerada pelorouter será designada por chave de “104 bits (26 dígitos)” euma chave de 64 bits gerada pelo router será designada porchave de “40 bits (10 dígitos)” .Os passos que se seguem irão mostrar como utilizar a encriptação WEP1. A partir do separador ‘Setup’ (Configuração) do utilitário baseado na Web, selec-cione Mandatory (Obrigatório) na secção WEP.2. Prima o botão WEP Key Setting (Definição da chave WEP) para definir o tipo e onível da encriptação WEP.3. Poderá aparecer oecrã apresentado nafigura C-1, a confir-mar se pretende acti-var a encriptaçãoWEP.  Prima o botãoOK para continuar.4. Em seguida, será apresentado o ecrã mostrado na figura C-2. A partir daqui, poderáescolher as suas definições de encriptação WEP.Figura C-2Figura C-1
137136Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSérie Instant Wireless™2. Na janela do painel de controlo, clique no ícone Ligações de Internet e de redemostrado na figura C-4.3. Clique no ícone Ligações de rede mostrado na figura C-5.4. A janela “Ligações de rede” irá aparecer, tal como é mostrado na figura C-6. EmLAN ou Internet de alta velocidade, poderá ver todas as placas de rede instaladas ea funcionar no computador. Faça duplo clique no ícone Ligação de rede sem fiosassociado ao seu adaptador sem fios.Se a janela “Estado da ligação de rede sem fios” aparecer, prossiga para o passoseguinte.Figura C-4Figura C-5Uma vez que o Windows XP não permite o uso da funcionalidade da frase-passe daLinksys com os adaptadores sem fios, será necessário introduzir manualmente a chavegerada na secção anterior.  Os seguintes procedimentos irão ajudá-lo a activar a WEP e introduzir manualmente achave de encriptação para as placas PC Card sem fios, permitindo que o sistemaWindows XP comunique com o router sem fios.Estes procedimentos assumem que a letra da unidade de CD-ROM é ‘D’ e que oWindows XP está a ser executado no modo predefinido.Certifique-se de que possui a chave WEP gerada pelo router.1. Tal como é mostrado na figura C-3, clique no botão Iniciar e vá para o Painel decontrolo.Figura C-3Configurar a segurança sem fios no Windows XP
139138Router de ponto de acesso sem fios com switch de 4 portasSérie Instant Wireless™6. Quando a janela “Propri-edades da ligação de redesem fios” aparecer, talcomo é mostrado na figuraC-8, clique no separadorRedes sem fios.7. Se for apresentada a redesem fios apropriada,especificada pelo SSID dorouter, na secção “Redespreferidas”, tal como émostrado na figura C-9,faça duplo clique namesma e prossiga para opasso seguinte.Caso contrário, clique narede sem fios apropriada,especificada pelo SSID dorouter, na secção “Redesdisponíveis”. Em seguida,clique no botãoConfigurar.Figura C-8Figura C-9Se aparecer uma janela “Ligar à rede sem fios” na secção “Redes disponíveis”,clique na rede sem fios pretendida especificada pelo SSID do router. Em seguida,faça duplo clique no ícone Ligação de rede sem fios.5. Quando a janela “Estado da ligação de rede sem fios” aparecer, tal como é mostra-do na figura C-7, clique no botão Propriedades.Figura C-6Figura C-7
141140Série Instant Wireless™8. Irá aparecer a janela “Propriedades da rede sem fios” (mostrada na figura C-10).Marque a opção Encriptação de dados (WEP activada), na caixa de verificação.Desmarque os campos Autenticação de rede (modo partilhado) e Chave forneci-da automaticamente. No campo ”Chave de rede”, introduza a chave tal e qual como foi gerada pelo router(os 10 ou 26 dígitos, consoante o nível de encriptação).Verifique se o campo “Formato da chave” apresenta “Dígitos hexadecimais” e se ocampo “Comprimento da chave” apresenta “40 bits (10 dígitos)” ou “104 bits (26dígitos)”. Se assim não for, significa que a chave foi introduzida incorrectamente.Clique no botão OK para guardar as definições.  Clique nos botões OK até chegarà janela “Estado da ligação de rede sem fios”.  Feche todas as janelas abertas pararegressar ao ambiente de trabalho do Windows XP.Feche todas as aplicações e reinicie o computador.  Depois de reiniciar, a configuraçãoWEP é concluída e deverá ser possível estabelecer uma ligação sem fios ao router.Figura C-10
143142COPYRIGHT Y MARCAS COMERCIALES. Copyright © 2002 Linksys. Todos los derechos reservados. Instant Wireless es unamarca comercial de Linksys. Microsoft, Windows y el logotipo de Windows son marcascomerciales registradas de Microsoft Corporation. Las demás marcas comerciales ynombres de productos pertenecen a sus respectivos propietarios. NORMATIVA DE LA FCC. El ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4 puertos InstantWireless™ ha sido probado y cumple las especificaciones de la Clase B para disposi-tivos digitales, con arreglo a la Sección 15 de la normativa de la FCC. Estas normasestán diseñadas para proporcionar una protección razonable contra interferencias per-judiciales en instalaciones residenciales. Este equipo genera, utiliza y puede emitirenergía radioeléctrica. Si no se instala y utiliza según las instrucciones, podría causarinterferencias perjudiciales en las comunicaciones por radio. No obstante, no se garan-tiza que no se produzcan interferencias en una instalación concreta. Si este equipo lle-gara a producir interferencias perjudiciales para la recepción de radio o televisión,detectadas al encender y apagar el equipo, se recomienda tomar las medidas sigu-ientes para corregirlas:• Reoriente o cambie la ubicación de la antena receptora• Aumente la distancia entre los equipos o los dispositivos• Conecte el equipo a un enchufe distinto al del receptor• Consulte a un distribuidor o técnico especializado de radio y TVÍndice de materiasIntroducción 144Paso 1: Conexión del ruteador 146Paso 2: Configuración de los PC 148Paso 3: Configuración del ruteador 152Ayuda 156Configuración de la seguridad inalámbrica 161Configuración de la seguridad inalámbrica enWindows XP 164Si necesita asistencia técnica sobre los productos, póngase en contacto connosotros en las direcciones siguientes:correo electrónico europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
145144Siga las instrucciones de esta Guía rápida para conectar el ruteador y configurar los PC y elruteador en la red. En estas instrucciones se explican todos los pasos necesarios para con-figurar y poner en marcha una red normal y compartir el acceso a Internet. El ruteador disponetambién de otras funciones más avanzadas,no obstante,no deberán utilizarse hasta no tenerun conocimiento más amplio de ruteadores y redes. Estos temas y otros se tratan en elManual del usuario del CD-ROM del Asistente para instalación.La configuración del ruteador para cualquier PC Windows es similar a la figura mostrada arri-ba. El ruteador permite compartir la conexión de un módem por cable o DSL con variosequipos en casa en la oficina. Este tipo de conexión se denomina Red de área local o LAN.En esta Guía rápida encontrará una descripción general de todos los pasos necesarios paraconfigurar una red normal en su casa o en la oficina. En los tres apartados siguientes se expli-ca cómo conectar y configurar los equipos para que utilicen un acceso compartido de altavelocidad a Internet.Paso 1: Conexión del ruteadorEn este paso se describe el proceso de conexión del ruteador al módem por cable o DSL. Acontinuación, se muestra cómo conectar los PC al ruteador.Paso 2: Configuración de los PCEn este paso se explica cómo configurar los PC para que puedan comunicarse con el ruteador.Paso 3: Configuración del ruteadorEn este paso se muestran los ajustes que hay que realizar en el ruteador para que puedaconectarse con el módem por cable o DSL utilizando la información de su ISP.Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™  Series Gracias por elegir el ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4puertos Instant Wireless™. Este ruteador le permitirá configurar una red en su PC y,además, compartir la conexión a Internet.¿Cómo consigue el ruteador hacer todo esto? Al conectar un módem por cable o DSL alruteador y los PC a los puertos Ethernet de éste,cada PC queda configurado como si estu-viera conectado directamente a Internet. De este modo, varios PC pueden compartirsimultáneamente una conexión a Internet. Además, puesto que también es Access Point(punto de acceso), el ruteador puede conectar la red Ethernet a los equipos inalámbricos.¿Qué significa? Las redes son herramientas muy útiles para compartir recursos. Permiten el acceso a unaimpresora desde varios equipos o a los datos localizados en el disco duro de otros equipos.Las redes también se utilizan para compartir videojuegos entre varios participantes. Por lotanto, no sólo son útiles para los hogares y las oficinas, sino que también pueden propor-cionar diversión.Los PC conectados a los cuatro puertos LAN del ruteador y configurados correctamente for-man una LAN o red de área local. Se comunican mediante un cable Ethernet conectado aladaptador Ethernet del equipo y a los puertos LAN del ruteador (numerados del uno al cua-tro). Se utiliza la expresión “Ethernet” para referirse a los accesorios de la red, como cablesy adaptadores, ya que el tipo de red que va a configurar es Ethernet. En la documentacióndel ruteador, Ethernet se refiere a los accesorios que transfieren datos informáticos entre10 Mbps y 100 Mbps. (10 Mbps y 100 Mbps son las velocidades de transmisión de los dis-positivos de la red. Una velocidad de transferencia de datos de 10 Mbps equivale a trans-ferir siete disquetes por segundo. Los accesorios de red que funcionan a 100 Mbps trans-fieren los datos diez veces más rápido)Los PC también pueden interactuar con el ruteador mediante conexiones inalámbricas. Alconfigurar los PC inalámbricos con los mismos parámetros que el ruteador, es posible inter-conectarlos e integrarlos en la red Ethernet existente.Quizá, la función más importante del ruteador es la que permite compartir la conexión porcable o DSL. Se consigue conectando el módem por cable o DSL al puerto WAN del ruteadorcon un cable Ethernet. (WAN son las siglas en inglés de Red de área extensa.) Internet esuna red global que cubre el área más extensa. Los PC conectados al ruteador compartenesta conexión.IntroducciónNNoottaa::En esta Guía rápida se explica cómo configurar el ruteador con cablesEthernet. Aunque el ruteador puede configurarse para una conexión inalámbrica,en esta Guía rápida no se incluyen los detalles para este tipo de conexión. Sidesea configurar el ruteador para una conexión inalámbrica, visite el sitio Web deLinksys en la dirección www.linksys.com.Descripción de la configuración
147146En el Paso 1, conectará el ruteador al módem por cable o DSL y a los equipos de su casa uoficina.Compruebe que todos los dispositivos que va a utilizar están apagados,incluidos los PC, elmódem y el ruteador.A. Conecte el módem por cable o DSL a su toma correspondiente: la toma coaxial para elmódem por cable (Figura A1) o la toma de teléfono para el módem DSL (Figura A2). (Sigalas instrucciones del manual de instalación de los módems.)Instant Wireless™  Series B. Con un cable Ethernet, conecte el puertoLAN o Ethernet del módem por cable o DSLal puerto WAN del ruteador.C. Conecte un cable Ethernet aladaptador Ethernet del PC.Conecte el otro extremo del cablea uno de los puertos LAN delruteador. Repita este proceso concada PC que desee conectar alruteador.Nota: Si no está configurado el adaptador Ethernet del PC, consulte las instrucciones enla documentación del adaptador Ethernet.Para facilitar la instalación,utilice los puertosLAN del ruteador en orden consecutivo demenor a mayor, primero el 1, luego el 2 y asísucesivamente.Si va a conectar más de cuatro PC, deberáconectar un hub o un switch al puerto Uplinkdel ruteador (si utiliza el puerto Uplink,debedejar libre el Puerto 4). Para obtener másinformación sobre cómo usar el puertoUplink, consulte el Manual del usuario delCD-ROM del Asistente para instalación.D. Conecte el cable de alimentación a la tomade corriente del ruteador. A continuación, conecte el enchufe a una toma de corriente.Encienda el módem por cable o DSL y el primer PC que va a configurar en el ruteador.Continúe con el Paso 2: Configuración de los PC en la página siguiente.Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4 puertosA1A2Paso 1: Conexión del ruteadorBC1C2
149148En el Paso 2, se configuran los PC para su comunicación con el ruteador.Para ello, deberá configurar los parámetros de la red de PC de forma que obtengan lasdirecciones IP (o TCP/IP) automáticamente. Los equipos utilizan las direcciones IP paracomunicarse entre sí a través de una red o de Internet.Averigüe qué sistema operativo utiliza su equipo, por ejemplo,Windows 95, 98,Millennium,2000 o XP. Esta comprobación es necesaria. Puede averiguarlo haciendo clic en el botónInicio y eligiendo la opción Configuración. (Si en el menú Inicio no aparece la opciónConfiguración, está utilizando Windows XP. Puede abrir el Panel de control directamentedesde el menú Inicio.) A continuación, haga clic en Panel de control y haga doble clic enel icono Sistema. Cuando termine,haga clic en el botón Cancelar.Después de comprobar la versión del sistema operativo Windows,siga las instrucciones deeste paso para el sistema que corresponda a su equipo. Si es preciso, repita estos pasospara cada equipo que vaya a conectar al ruteador.En las páginas siguientes se describe paso a paso cómo configurar los parámetros TCP/IPpara los distintos tipos de sistemas operativos Windows. Después de configurar losequipos, vaya al Paso 3: Configuración del ruteador.A. Haga clic en el botón Inicio, elijaConfiguración y abra el Panel de control. Enel Panel de control, haga doble clic en el iconoRed para abrir el cuadro de diálogo Red.B. En la ficha Configuración, seleccione la líneaTCP/IP del adaptador Ethernet correspondien-te*. Si aparece únicamente TCP/IP,seleccioneesta línea**. A continuación, haga clic en elbotón Propiedades.C. Haga clic en la ficha Dirección IP y seleccioneObtener una dirección IP automáticamente.D. Haga clic en la ficha Puerta de enlace y com-pruebe que el campo Puertas de enlace insta-ladas está vacío. Haga clic en el botónAceptar.E. Vuelva a hacer clic en el botón Aceptar. Esposible que Windows le pida el disco de insta-lación original u otros archivos adicionales.Cuando se le pida,indique la ubicación correc-ta de los archivos, p. ej., D:\win98, D:\win9x,c:\windows\options\cabs, etc. (Se presuponeque “D” es la letra correspondiente a la unidad de CD-ROM).FSi Windows solicita que reinicie el equipo, haga clic en el botón Sí. Reinicie el equipode todas formas aunque el programa no lo pida.*Nota: no seleccione las líneas TCP/IP donde se indique DUN, PPPoE,VPN o AOL.**Nota: si no aparece TCP/IP en ninguna línea, consulte el Manual del usuario del CD-ROMdel Asistente para instalación de la documentación del adaptador Ethernet e instale elprotocolo TCP/IP.Instant Wireless™  Series  Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4 puertosPaso 2: Configuración de los PC Para los sistemas operativos:Windows 95, Windows 98 y Windows MeBC
151150Las siguientes instrucciones se refieren únicamentea la interfaz predeterminada de Windows XP. Si uti-liza la interfaz Clásica (que muestra los iconos y losmenús parecidos a las versiones anteriores deWindows), siga las instrucciones para Windows2000.A. Haga clic en el botón Inicio, abra el Panel decontrol y haga clic en el icono Conexiones dered e Internet. A continuación, haga clic en elicono Conexiones de red para abrir la pantallaRed.B. Seleccione el icono Conexión de área localcorrespondiente a su adaptador Ethernet (normal-mente, la primera conexión de área local de lalista). Haga doble clic en Conexión de árealocal. C. En la pantalla de estado que aparece, haga clicen el botón Propiedades.D. Seleccione Protocolo de Internet (TCP/IP) yhaga clic en el botón Propiedades.E. Seleccione  Obtener una dirección IPautomáticamente y haga clic en el botónAceptar de las siguientes pantallas hasta com-pletar la configuración del PC.FReinicie el equipo.A. Haga clic en el botón Inicio,elija Configuracióny abra el Panel de control. En el Panel de con-trol, haga doble clic en el icono Conexiones dered y de acceso telefónico. Se abre el cuadrode diálogo Red.B. Seleccione el icono Conexión de área localcorrespondiente a su adaptador Ethernet* (nor-malmente, la primera conexión de área local dela lista). Haga doble clic en Conexión de árealocal. C. En la pantalla de estado que aparece, haga clicen el botón Propiedades.D. Seleccione  Protocolo de Internet (TCP/IP) yhaga clic en el botón Propiedades.E. Seleccione  Obtener una dirección IPautomáticamente y haga clic en el botónAceptar de las siguientes pantallas hasta com-pletar la configuración del PC.FReinicie el equipo.*Nota: no seleccione las líneas TCP/IP donde seindique DUN,PPPoE,VPN o AOL.Instant Wireless™  Series  Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4 puertosPara el sistema operativo:Windows 2000EDCPara el sistema operativo:Windows XPCDE
153152C. Si su ISP lo requiere,escriba el Nombre de host y el Nombre de dominio del ruteadoren los campos correspondientes de la ficha de configuración. (Normalmente, estosdatos son necesarios para los ISP de conexión por cable.)D. Para configurar el ruteador parauna red inalámbrica, compruebeque los campos Wireless(Inalámbrico) de la ficha Setup(Configuración), que muestra laFigura D, se han completadocomo sigue:Enable/Disable(Activar/desactivar): Al selec-cionar el botón de opción Enable(Activar) se activan las fun-ciones inalámbricas delruteador. Estas funciones noestarán disponibles si no seselecciona este botón.SSID: SSID (o ESSID) es un nombre exclusivo para la red inalámbrica. El nombre dis-tingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas y no debe superar los 32 caracteres. El SSID pre-determinado es “linksys “, pero se recomienda cambiarlo por un nombre más descrip-tivo de la red inalámbrica. Todos los puntos de la red inalámbrica deben utilizar elmismo SSID.Channel (Canal): Seleccione en la lista el canal apropiado de la red. Todos los puntosde la red inalámbrica deben usar el mismo canal para funcionar correctamente.E. El ruteador admite cinco tipos de conexiones: DHCP (obtener una dirección IP automáti-camente), PPPoE, Dirección IP estática, RAS y PPTP. Estos tipos se seleccionan en elmenú desplegable que aparece junto a WAN Connection Type (Tipo de conexión WAN).La pantalla de configuración y las distintas características varían según el tipo deconexión seleccionado. Vea las instrucciones a continuación:1. Obtener una dirección IP automáticamenteSi el ISP le indica que su conexión es a través de una dirección IP dinámica (o DHCP), sigaestos pasos:a. Seleccione Obtener una dirección IP automáticamente en el Tipo de conexión WAN(como se muestra en la Figura D).b. Haga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para guardar la configuración.En el Paso 3,configurará el ruteador para su funcionamiento en la red y para obtener acce-so a Internet mediante un Proveedor de servicios de Internet (ISP). Es posible que su ISP lepida que utilice un Nombre de host y un Nombre de dominio. A continuación,definirá el tipode configuración WAN en la ficha de configuración de ruteador con los datos obtenidos desu ISP. Estos datos son necesarios.Si no los tiene, consulte a su ISP antes de continuar. Parasaber qué datos necesita obtener de su ISP, consulte la pregunta nº 1 de la Ayuda.El ISP le proporcionará las instrucciones para configurar el acceso a Internet desde su PC.Puesto que se va a utilizar para compartir el acceso a Internet entre varios equipos, tam-bién deberá utilizar esta información para la configuración del ruteador.A. Abra el navegador Web. (Es posible que aparezca algún mensaje de error en estemomento. Continúe con las siguientes instrucciones) Escriba 192.168.1.1 en el campoDirección del navegador y pulse la tecla Entrar.B. Aparece el cuadro de diálogo Escribir contraseña de red, como muestra la Figura B1.(Los usuarios de Windows XP verán la ventana Conectar con 192.168.1.1, que muestrala Figura B2.) Deje vacío el campo Nombre de usuario y escriba en minúsculas admin(la contraseña predeterminada) en el campo Contraseña. A continuación, haga clic enel botón Aceptar.Instant Wireless™  Series  Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con switch de 4 puertosPaso 3: Configuración del ruteadorAB1B2DNNoottaa:: Si desea modificar la configuración WEP del ruteador,elija Configuración de la seguridad inalámbrica.
155154Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™ Series2. Static IP (IP estática)Si el ISP le indica que su conexión es através de una dirección IP estática (ofija), siga estos pasos:a. Seleccione  Static IP en WANConnection Type (Tipo de conexiónWAN) .b. En los campos que aparecen juntoa “Specify WAN IP Address”,escriba la Dirección IP.c. Escriba la Máscara de subred.d. Escriba la Dirección de la puertade enlace predeterminada.e. Escriba el DNS en los campos 1, 2y 3. Debe indicar al menos unadirección de servidor DNS.f.Haga clic en el botónApply (Aplicar) para guardar la configuración.3. PPPoESi su proveedor de DSL le indica queutiliza una conexión PPPoE, o siescribe normalmente un nombre deusuario y una contraseña para conec-tarse a Internet, siga estos pasos:a. Seleccione PPPoE como Tipo deconexión Wan (WANConnectionType).b. Escriba el Nombre de usuario.c. Escriba la Contraseña.d. Haga clic en el botón Apply(Aplicar)para guardar la configu-ración.e.  Haga clic en la ficha Status (Estado) y, a continuación, en el botón Connect (Conectar)para iniciar la conexión.E2E34. RASEl servicio RAS se utiliza únicamente en Singapur. Si utiliza una conexión RAS,solicite a su ISP los datos necesarios para la configuración.5. PPTPEl servicio PPTP se utiliza única-mente en Europa. Si utiliza unaconexión PPTP, solicite a su ISPlos datos necesarios para la con-figuración.FHaga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para guardar la configuración.G. Conecte el módem por cable o DSL y reinicie los equipos. Se cargan los nuevosvalores del ruteador.Nota: sólo necesita configurar el ruteador para un equipo. Si desea consultarla información avanzada,visite el sitio Web de asistencia técnica de Linksys enla dirección support.linksys.como vea el Manual del usuario en el CD-ROM delAsistente para instalación.Ha completado la configuración del ruteador. Para probar su funcionamiento,abra el navegador Web en cualquier equipo y escriba www.linksys.com/registration.Si no puede abrir nuestra página Web, vuelva a comprobar los pasos que harealizado anteriormente o consulte la sección de ayuda de este manual.E5
1571562. Tengo problemas para conectar a Internet. ¿Que indicadores tienen queestar encendidos en la parte frontal del ruteador?•Por cada equipo conectado correctamente en la parte posterior del ruteadordeberá encenderse un indicador, independientemente de si se utiliza un cableEthernet o uno de alimentación.Por ejemplo,normalmente,al conectar un equipo y un módem por cable o DSLse encienden los siguientes indicadores:-  Al encender el ruteador (el adaptador de alimentación conectado alruteador), se enciende el indicador Power.-  Al conectar correctamente un cable Ethernet a un PC y al Puerto 4 delruteador, se encienden los indicadores Link/Act,Ful/Coly 100de laColumna 4.-  Al conectar un módem por cable o DSL, se enciende el indicador WANLink. Instant Wireless™ SeriesEn la sección de ayuda puede encontrar las preguntas más frecuentes sobre la conexión aInternet. Si necesita más información sobre la configuración o sobre las funciones avan-zadas, visite kb.linksys.como consulte el apéndice de solución de problemas en el Manualdel usuario del CD-ROM del Asistente para instalación.1. No conozco los datos que debo obtener del Proveedor de servicios de Internet(ISP) para poner la red en funcionamiento. ¿Qué preguntas tengo que hacer?Cuál es el tipo de conexión: dirección IP dinámica, dirección IP estática o PPPoE•Si utiliza una dirección IP dinámica, deberá averiguar:-  El nombre del host (si procede)-  El nombre de dominio (si procede)•Si utiliza una dirección IP estática, deberá averiguar:-  La dirección IP- La pasarela- El DNS•Si utiliza PPPoE (lo utilizan normalmente los ISP de DSL), deberá averiguar:-  El nombre de usuario- La contraseñaCuando tenga la información, siga las instrucciones del apartado Inicio rápido - Paso 3:Configuración del ruteador. Utilice esta información para rellenar la ficha Setup(Configuración) al configurar el ruteador. Para la sección WAN Connection Type (Tipo deconexión WAN) consulte el gráfico de la página siguiente:Ayuda ?Dirección IPdinámica (DHCP) 1. Seleccione Obtener una dirección IP automáticamente enel Tipo de conexión WAN . 2. Haga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para guardar la configu-ración.Siga estos pasos:PPPoE 1. Seleccione PPPoE en el Tipo de conexión WAN . 2. Escriba el Nombre de usuario. 3. Escriba la Contraseña.4. Haga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para guardar la configu-ración.Dirección IPestática 1.Seleccione Static IP (IP estática) en el Tipo de conexión WAN.2. Escriba la Dirección IP. 3. Escriba la Máscara de subred. 4. Escriba la Dirección de la puerta de enlace. 5. Escriba el DNS en los campos 1, 2 y 3. Debe indicar al menosuna dirección DNS.6. Haga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para guardar la configu-ración.RAS o PPTP Si utiliza RAS (SingTel de Singapur) o PPTP (servicio para Europa),consulte a su ISP los datos necesarios para la instalación.Si tiene este tipo deconexión:Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertos
159158Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertos•En el campo Dirección IP deberán aparecer las direcciones IP 192.168.1.100 o192.168.1.xxx, donde “xxx”es un número mayor de 100. Si su dirección IP no seencuentra dentro de este rango, mantenga pulsado el botón Reset de la partefrontal del ruteador durante más de 30 segundos. Esta operación restablece losvalores predeterminados de fábrica del ruteador, por lo que deberá volver a com-pletar la página de configuración del ruteador. Después de configurar la página,reinicie el equipo.C. A continuación, configurará algunos parámetros en Windows.-  Haga doble clic en el icono Mi PC del Escritorio y, a continuación, haga doble clic enPanel de control (Si utiliza Windows XP y la interfaz predeterminada, haga clic enInicio y elija Panel de control).-  En el Panel de control, haga doble clic en el icono Opciones de Internet (Si utilizaWindows XP y la interfaz predeterminada, haga clic en Conexiones de red e Internety, a continuación, haga clic en Opciones de Internet).-  En el cuadro de diálogo Opciones de Internet, haga clic en la ficha  Conexiones.-  Active la casilla de selección No marcar nunca una conexión. (Si la opción aparecedifuminada, no es necesario activarla.)-  Haga clic en el botón Configuración LAN… de la esquina inferior derecha.-  En el cuadro de diálogo Configuración de red de área local (LAN) que aparece, desactivetodas las casillas de selección.-  Haga clic en los botones Aceptar y Aplicar (el botón Aplicar aparece atenuado si nose han hecho cambios). A continuación, vuelva a hacer clic en el botón Aceptar.-  Cierre el Panel de control y reinicie el equipo.4. Al hacer clic en el icono de acceso a Internet y escribir el nombre de usuario yla contraseña proporcionados por mi ISP, no puedo conectar a Internet. ¿Cuál esel error?Posiblemente, está utilizando el software que le ha proporcionado su ISP. Utilice InternetExplorer o Netscape Navigator, que puede encontrar en el Escritorio (en Windows XP, seencuentran en el menú Inicio).5. Al abrir Internet Explorer, aparece un cuadro de diálogo de conexión de Accesotelefónico a redes. ¿Cómo se desactiva?A. Haga doble clic en el icono Mi PC del Escritorio y, a continuación, haga doble clic enPanel de control (Si utiliza Windows XP y la interfaz predeterminada, haga clic enInicio y elija Panel de control). B. En el Panel de control, haga doble clic en el icono Opciones de Internet (Si utilizaWindows XP y la interfaz predeterminada, haga clic en Conexiones de red e Internety, a continuación, haga clic en Opciones de Internet). C. En el cuadro de diálogo Opciones de Internet, haga clic en la ficha Conexiones.Instant Wireless™ Series•No se enciende el indicador WAN Link. ¿Qué debo comprobar?-  Compruebe si el cable conectado al módem por cable o DSL y el ruteador es elmismo que venía con el módem. Dependiendo del tipo de conexión del módem,necesitará un cable Ethernet “recto” o “cruzado” (el cable “recto” es el máshabitual).•Algunos indicadores de la parte frontal del ruteador no se encienden al conectar un PC.-  Para que la conexión funcione correctamente sólo es necesario que se enciendael indicador Link/Act.3. No puedo entrar en Internet ni acceder a la página de configuración del ruteador.¿Qué debo comprobar?A. En primer lugar, compruebe que el módem por cable o DSL y los equipos están conec-tados correctamente. Para verificar si el estado de las conexiones es correcto,consultela Pregunta nº 2.B. A continuación, compruebe si los PC están configurados correctamente para comuni-carse con el ruteador. A continuación se describen las instrucciones para las distintasversiones de Windows.-Windows 95, 98 o ME•Haga clic en el menú Inicio y elija Ejecutar. En el cuadro de diálogo Ejecutar,escriba winipcfg en el campo Abrir y haga clic en el botón Aceptar.•En el cuadro de diálogo Configuración IP, haga clic en el cuadro gris con laflecha hacia abajo.•Se abre una lista de adaptadores. Seleccione el adaptador que utiliza paraconectarse a Internet. En los adaptadores no debe aparecer “PPP”, “VPN”,“AOL” ni “Adaptador de Acceso telefónico a redes”.•En el campo Dirección IP deberán aparecer las direcciones IP 192.168.1.100 o192.168.1.xxx, donde “xxx”es un número mayor de 100. Si su dirección IP nose encuentra dentro de este rango, mantenga pulsado el botón Reset de laparte frontal del ruteador durante más de 30 segundos. Esta operaciónrestablece los valores predeterminados de fábrica del ruteador, por lo quedeberá volver a completar la página de configuración del ruteador. Después deconfigurar la página, reinicie el equipo.-Windows NT, 2000 y XP•Haga clic en el menú Inicio y elija Ejecutar. En el cuadro de diálogo Ejecutar,escriba cmd en el campo Abrir y haga clic en el botón Aceptar.•Se abre la ventana de la línea de comandos. Escriba ipconfig /all y pulse latecla Entrar.
161160Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™ SeriesD. Active la casilla de selección No marcar nunca una conexión. E. Haga clic en el botón Aplicar. F. Haga clic en el botón Aceptar.6. No aparece la señal de potencia de calidad de conexión. ¿Qué puedo hacer?A. Compruebe si el indicador WLAN LED del ruteador está encendido. B. Asegúrese de que todos los PC inalámbricos utilizan el modo “Infraestructura”.7. ¿Cómo se amplía el alcance del ruteador?A. El ruteador debe estar colocado en el lugar más alto posible. B. No debe colocarse junto a equipos que produzcan muchas interferencias. (Por ejemplo:altavoces, tubos fluorescentes, microondas, etc.) C. Cambie el canal inalámbrico. Para hacerlo:- Abra el navegador Web y escriba http://192.168.1.1 en el campo “Dirección”.- En el cuadro “Escribir contraseña de red”, deje vacío el campo “Nombre de usuario” yescriba admin en el campo de contraseña. A continuación,haga clic en Aceptar.- En la ficha Configuración, cambie el canal a 1.- Haga clic en le botón Aplicar y Continuar para guardar la configuración.- Repita estos pasos hasta encontrar el canal que proporciona el mayor alcance.Las siglas en inglés WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) significan Privacidad equivalenteal cableado, un sistema de protección de datos para las comunicaciones inalámbricas.WEP emplea una combinación de claves de 64 o 128 bits para proporcionar control deacceso a la red y seguridad encriptada para todas las transmisiones de datos. Para des-encriptar una transmisión, todos los puntos de la red deben utilizar una clave idéntica de64 o 128 bits. Cuanto más alto sea el nivel de encriptación, mayor será la seguridad,aunque, debido a la complejidad de la encriptación, podría afectar negativamente alrendimiento de la red.Es posible que también haya oído la expresión “40 bits” relacionada con la encriptaciónWEP. Se trata sencillamente de otro término utilizado para la encriptación WEP de 64bits. Este nivel de encriptación WEP se denomina de 40 bits porque emplea una clavesecreta de 40 bits y un vector de iniciación de 24 bits (40 + 24 = 64). Los proveedoresde comunicaciones inalámbricas utilizan los dos nombres. Linksys usa la expresión “64bits” para referirse a este nivel de encriptación.Antes de empezar a configurar la encriptación WEP, compruebe que la red inalámbricafunciona correctamente.Una red inalámbrica con encriptación WEP de 128 bits NO puede comunicarse con otrared que utilice la encriptación WEP de 64 bits. Por lo tanto, asegúrese de que todos losdispositivos inalámbricos utilizan el mismo nivel de encriptación. Los dispositivos quecumplen el estándar 802.11b son compatibles con la encriptación WEP de 64 bits.Además de habilitar WEP, Linksys recomienda tomar las siguientes medidas de seguri-dad:•Cambiar el SSID predeterminado “linksys” por otro distinto•Cambiar la clave  WEP regularmenteNota: La encriptación WEP es una medida de seguridadde datos adicional no necesaria para el funcionamientodel ruteador. Nota: Para activar la encriptación WEP, debe activar antes las funcionesinalámbricas. Seleccione Enable (Activar) en la ficha Wireless (Inalámbricas)del ruteador antes de continuar.Configuración de la seguridad inalámbrica
163162Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™ Series• WEP (64Bit o 128B) Seleccione el nivel de encriptación en la lista desplegable. Laencriptación WEP de 128 bits es exclusiva de Linksys y podría interferir con laencriptación WEP de otros fabricantes.La clave de encriptación WEP se genera de una de estas dos formas:1. Puede crear una clave de encriptación mediante una Frase clave.a. Escriba la Frase clave, una contraseña definida por el usuario, en el campoPassphrase (Frase clave). La Frase clave no debe superar los 31 caracteres entreletras, símbolos y números, y no se pueden utilizar espacios.b. Haga clic en el botón Generate (Generar) para crear la clave. La clave será de10 dígitos si elige la encriptación de 64 bits o de 26 dígitos si elige laencriptación de 128 bits. Esta clave se utilizará para encriptar y desencriptar losdatos transferidos entre el ruteador y la red inalámbrica de PC.Es posible que el campo Key (Clave) no muestre todos los dígitos. Haga clic encualquier parte del campo Key y mueva el cursor hacia la derecha para ver elresto de la clave. Anote la clave completa EXACTAMENTE como aparece. 2. También puede introducir manualmente la clave de encriptación.Anote la Frase clave o la Clave manual. Necesita conservarla ya que es necesario intro-ducir la misma clave de encriptación WEP en todos los dispositivos inalámbricos de lared.Cuando haya elegido el método de encriptación de claves y especificado la Frase claveo la clave manual, haga clic en el botón Apply (Aplicar) para completar la configu-ración de la encriptación.Nota: Para utilizar la encriptación WEP, todos los puntos de la redinalámbrica deben tener activada la encriptación WEP y la mismaconfiguración de claves.Nota: En Windows XP, una clave de 128 bits generada por elruteador se denomina clave de “104 bits (26 dígitos)” y una de64 bits sería una clave de “40 bits (10 dígitos)” .En los pasos siguientes se explica cómo utilizar la encriptación WEP1. En la ficha Setup (Configuración) de la utilidad basada en Web, elija Mandatory(Obligatorio) en la sección WEP.2. Haga clic en el botón WEP Key Setting (Configuración de la clave WEP) paradefinir el tipo y el nivel de encriptación WEP.3. Es posible que aparez-ca una pantallacomo la que muestrala Figura C-1 solici-tando que confirmela activación de laencriptación WEP.Pulse el botónAceptar para conti-nuar.4. Se abre una pantalla como la que muestra la Figura C-2 en la que deberá seleccionarlos parámetros de la encriptación WEP.Figura C-2Figura C-1
165164Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™ Series2. En el “Panel de control”, haga clic en el icono Conexiones de red e Internet, comomuestra la Figura C-4.3. Haga clic en el icono Conexiones de red, como muestra la Figura C-5.4. Se abre el cuadro de diálogo “Conexiones de red”, como muestra la Figura C-6. EnLAN o Internet de alta velocidad se muestran todas las tarjetas de red instaladas yen funcionamiento en su equipo. Haga doble clic en el icono Conexiones de redinalámbricas asociado a su adaptador inalámbrico.Si se abre un cuadro de diálogo de estado de la conexión inalámbrica, continúe enel paso siguiente.Figura C-4Figura C-5Puesto que Windows XP no permite utilizar la función de Frase clave de Linksys en losadaptadores de PC inalámbricos, debe introducir manualmente la clave generada en elapartado anterior. En los pasos siguientes se explica cómo activar la encriptación WEP y escribir manual-mente la clave de encriptación de las tarjetas de PC inalámbricos para que el sistemaWindows XP pueda comunicarse sin cables con el ruteador.En estos pasos se presupone que la unidad de CD-ROM tiene asignada la letra D y quese está ejecutando Windows XP en el modo predeterminado.Compruebe si tiene la clave WEP generada por el ruteador.1. Como muestra la Figura C-3, haga clic en el botón Inicio y abra el Panel de control.Figura C-3Configuración de la seguridad inalámbrica en Windows XP
167166Ruteador Access Point para conexiones inalámbricas con conmutador de 4 puertosInstant Wireless™ Series6. Cuando se abra el cuadrode diálogo de propiedadesde la conexión inalámbricaque muestra la Figura C-8,haga clic en la ficha Redesinalámbricas.7. Si en la sección “Redespreferidas” aparece la redinalámbrica correcta queindica el SSID delruteador, como muestra laFigura C-9, haga doble clicen ella y continúe en elsiguiente paso.Si no aparece, en la sec-ción “Redes disponibles”haga clic en la red inalám-brica que indica el SSIDdel ruteador. A continua-ción, haga clic en el botónConfigurar.Figura C-8Figura C-9Si se abre el cuadro de diálogo “Conectar a red inalámbrica”, en la sección Redesdisponibles, haga clic en la red inalámbrica que va a utilizar y que aparece marcadacon el SSID de ruteador. A continuación, haga doble clic en el icono Conexiones dered inalámbricas.5. Cuando se abra el cuadro de diálogo de estado de la conexión inalámbrica quemuestra la Figura C-7, haga clic en el botón Propiedades.Figura C-6Figura C-7
168Instant Wireless™ Series8. Se abre el cuadro de diálogo de propiedades de la red inalámbrica, como muestra laFigura C-10.Active la casilla de selección de la opción Encriptación de datos (WEP habilita-do).Desactive las casillas de selección de los campos Autenticación de red (modocompartido) y La clave la proporciono yo automáticamente. En el campo “Clave de red”, escriba la clave exacta (los 10 o 26 dígitos, según elnivel de encriptación) generada por el ruteador.Compruebe que el campo “Formato de clave” muestra “Dígitos hexadecimales” yque el campo “Longitud de la clave” muestra “40 bits (10 dígitos)” o “104 bits (26dígitos)”. Si no aparecen estos datos, la clave que ha escrito no es correcta.Haga clic en el botón Aceptar para guardar la configuración. Haga clic en losbotones Aceptar restantes hasta que regrese al cuadro de diálogo de estado de laconexión de red inalámbrica. Cierre los cuadros de diálogo abiertos para regresar alEscritorio de Windows XP.Cierre todas las aplicaciones y reinicie el equipo. Cuando vuelva a arrancar, la configu-ración de WEP estará completa y podrá conectarse sin cables al ruteador.Figura C-10
© Copyright 2002 Linksys, All Rights Reserved.Printed in the USA.www.linksys.com
Instant Wireless™  Series Wireless Access Point Routerwith 4-Port SwitchUse this Guide to install: BEFW11S4User Guide
COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKS Copyright © 2002 Linksys, All Rights Reserved.  Instant Wireless is a trademark ofLinksys.  Linksys and the Linksys logo are registered trademarks of Linksys Group, Inc.Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation.  All other trademarks and brand names are the property of their respectiveproprietors.FCC STATEMENTThe Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch has been testedand complies with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harm-ful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turning the equipmentoff and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of thefollowing measures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna• Increase the separation between the equipment or devices• Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver’s• Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistanceUG-BEFW11S4 v3-21009NC TEEC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (EUROPE)Linksys Group declares that the Instant Wireless™ Series products included in the InstantWireless™  Series conform to the specifications listed below, following the provisions ofthe EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC:•ETS 300-826, 301 489-1 General EMC requirements for Radio equipment.•EN 609 50 Safety•ETS 300-328-2 Technical requirements for Radio equipment.Note: This equipment is intended to be used in all EU and EFTA countries. Outdoor usemay be restricted to certain frequencies and/or may require a license for operation. Formore details, contact Linksys Corporate Compliance.Note: Combinations of power levels and antennas resulting in a radiated power level ofabove 100 mW are considered as not compliant with the above mentioned directive andare not allowed for use within the European community and countries that have adoptedthe European R&TTE directive 1999/5/EC and/or the CEPT recommendation Rec 70.03.For more details on legal combinations of power levels and antennas, contact LinksysCorporate Compliance.•Linksys Group™ vakuuttaa täten että Instant Wireless IEEE 802.11 PC Card tyyppinenlaite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY, direktiivin 89/336/EEC ja direktiivin 73/23/EEC oleellis-ten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien näiden direktiivien muiden ehtojen mukainen.•Linksys Group™ déclare que la carte PC Instant Wireless IEEE 802.11 est conformeaux conditions essentielles et aux dispositions relatives à la directive 1999/5/EC, ladirective 89/336/EEC, et à la directive 73/23/EEC.•Belgique B L’utilisation en extérieur est autorisé sur le canal 11 (2462 MHz), 12 (2467MHz), et 13 (2472 MHz).Dans le cas d’une utilisation privée, à l’extérieur d’un bâtiment, au-dessus d’unespace public, aucun enregistrement n’est nécessaire pour une distance de moinsde 300m. Pour une distance supérieure à 300m un enregistrement auprès de l’IBPTest requise. Pour une utilisation publique à l’extérieur de bâtiments, une licence del’IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l’IBPT.•France F: Bande de fréquence restreinte: seuls les canaux 10, 11, 12, 13 (2457,2462, 2467, et 2472 MHz respectivement) doivent être utilisés en France. Toute util-isation, qu'elle soit intérieure ou extérieure, est soumise à autorisation. Vous pouvezcontacter l'Autorité de Régulation des Télécommuniations (http://www.art-telecom.fr)pour la procédure à suivre.•France F: Restricted frequency band: only channels 10, 11, 12, 13 (2457, 2462,2467, and 2472 MHz respectively) may be used in France. License required forevery indoor and outdoor installations. Please contact ART for procedure to follow.•Deutschland D: Anmeldung im Outdoor-Bereich notwending, aber nicht genehmi-gungspflichtig. Bitte mit Händler die Vorgehensweise abstimmen.•Germany D: License required for outdoor installations. Check with reseller for proce-dure to follow.•Italia I: E' necessaria la concessione ministeriale anche per l'uso interno. Verificarecon i rivenditori la procedura da seguire. L'uso per installazione in esterni non e' per-messa.•Italy I: License required for indoor use. Use with outdoor installations not allowed.•the Netherlands NL License required for outdoor installations. Check with reseller forprocedure to follow.•Nederlands NL Licentie verplicht voor gebruik met buitenantennes. Neem contact opmet verkoper voor juiste procedure.For product support and product registration, contact us at the addresses below:E-mail europe-support@linksys.comlatam-soporte@linksys.comWeb http://www.linksys.com/international
Instant WirelessTM SeriesTable of ContentsChapter 1: Introduction 1The Linksys Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch 1Features 1Minimum Requirements 2An Introduction to LANs and WANs 2IP Addresses 3The Wireless Access Point Router’s Ports 5The Wireless Access Point Router’s LEDs 6Chapter 2: Connecting the Router 8Before You Start 8Connecting Your Hardware Together & Booting Up 8Chapter 3: Configuring the PCs 11Overview 11Configuring Windows 95, 98, and Millennium PCs 11Configuring Windows 2000 PCs 13Configuring Windows XP PCs 15Chapter 4: Configuring the Router 17Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-Based Utility 22Setup 23Password 27Status 28DHCP 30Log 31Security 33Help 35Advanced Tab: Filters 37Advanced Tab: Port Range Forwarding 41Advanced Tab: Dynamic Routing 46Advanced Tab: Static Routing 47Advanced Tab: DMZ Host 49Advanced Tab: MAC Address Cloning 50Advanced Tab: Wireless 51Appendix A: Troubleshooting 54Common Problems and Solutions 54Frequently Asked Questions 67Appendix B: How to Ping YourISP’s E-mail and Web Addresses 73Appendix C: Configuring Wireless Security 76Configuring Wireless Security in Windows XP 79Appendix D: Finding the MAC Addressand IP Address for Your Ethernet Adapter 84Appendix E: Setting Up AOL®Broadband Cable & DSL 88AOL Broadband via Cable 88AOL Broadband via DSL 90Appendix F: Glossary 91Appendix G: Specifications 105Environmental 106Appendix H: Contact Information 107Appendix I: Warranty Information 108Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchChapter 1: IntroductionCongratulations on your purchase of a Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch.  The Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch provides theideal solution for connecting your wireless network to a high-speed broadbandInternet connection and a 10/100 Fast Ethernet backbone. Configurable as aDHCP server for your existing network, the Wireless Access Point Router with4-Port Switch acts as the only externally recognized Internet gateway on yourlocal area network (LAN) and serves as an Internet NAT firewall againstunwanted outside intruders.  The Wireless Access Point Router with 4-PortSwitch can also be configured to filter internal users’ access to the Internet. A typical router relies on a hub or a switch to share its Internet connection, butthe Linksys Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch channels thisconnection through the blazing, full duplex speed of its built-in EtherFast®10/100 4-Port Switch.  This cutting-edge combination of wireless router andswitch technology eliminates the need to buy an additional hub or switch andextends the range of your wireless network.  Now your entire wireless networkcan enjoy blazing broadband Internet connections supported by its robustswitched backbone.  With the dual-function speed and power of the WirelessAccess Point Router with 4-Port Switch, your network will take off at speedsfaster than you ever imagined possible.•Supports Universal Plug-and-Play for easy configuration•Capable of up to 128-bit WEP Encryption•Supports enhanced security using NAT firewall, ZoneAlarm Pro and PC-cillin Software*•Access your network remotely over the Internet through Virtual PrivateNetworking (VPN)•Supports IPSec and PPTP Pass-Through•Administer and upgrade the Router remotely over the Internet•Configurable as a DHCP Server on your network•Advanced security management functions for Port Filtering, MAC AddressFiltering, and DMZ Hosting•Includes one Ethernet Cable to Connect to a Cable or DSL modem*Full versions can be downloaded and/or purchased separately (Windows versions).Support for PC-cillin and Zone Alarm Pro may be limited or not available outside ofUnited States and Canada.2Features•One Windows 98 SE, Millennium, 2000, or XP PC equipped with:•TCP/IP Protocol,•Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape Navigator 4.7 for web-basedconfiguration,•a CD-ROM Drive, and•an Ethernet Adapter with a UTP CAT 5 Network Cable•Cable or DSL Modem with Ethernet Connection and Internet AccessSimply put, a router is a network device that connects two networks together. In this instance, the Router connects your Local Area Network (LAN), or thegroup of PCs in your home or office, to the Wide Area Network (WAN) that isthe Internet.  The Router processes and regulates the data that travels betweenthese two networks.    Think of the Router as a network device with two sides. The first side is madeup of your private Local Area Network (LAN) of PCs.  The other, public sideis the Internet, or the Wide Area Network (WAN), outside of your home oroffice.  The Router’s firewall (NAT) protects your network of PCs so users on the pub-lic, Internet side cannot “see” your PCs.  This is how your LAN, or network,remains private. The Router protects your network by inspecting the first pack-et coming in from the WAN port before delivery to the final destination on theLAN port. The Router inspects Internet port services like the web server, ftpserver, or other Internet applications, and, if allowed, it will forward the packetto the appropriate PC on the LAN side.1The Linksys Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchMinimum RequirementsAn Introduction to LANs and WANsInstant WirelessTM Series
What’s an IP Address?IP stands for Internet Protocol. Every device on an IP-based network, includ-ing PCs, print servers, and routers, requires an IP address to identify its “loca-tion,” or address, on the network.  This applies to both the WAN and LAN con-nections.There are two ways of assigning an IP address to your network devices. Static IP AddressesA static IP address is a fixed IP address that you assign manually to a PC orother device on the network.  Since a static IP address remains valid until youdisable it, static IP addressing insures that the device assigned it will have thatsame IP address until you change it.  Static IP addresses are commonly usedwith network devices such as server PCs or print servers.If you use the Router to share your cable or DSL Internet connection, contactyour ISP to find out if they have assigned a static IP address to your account.If so, you will need that static IP address when configuring the Router. You canget the information from your ISP.3Dynamic IP AddressesA dynamic IP address is automatically assigned to a device on the network,such as PCs and print servers.  These IP addresses are called “dynamic”because they are only temporarily assigned to the PC or device.  After a certaintime period, they expire and may change. If a PC logs on to the network (or theInternet) and its dynamic IP address has expired, the DHCP server will assignit a new dynamic IP address.For DSL users, many ISPs may require you to log on with a user name andpassword to gain access to the Internet. This is called “Point to Point Protocolover Ethernet” or PPPoE. PPPoE is similar to a dial-up connection but does nothave a phone number to dial into, and PPPoE is a dedicated high-speed con-nection. PPPoE also will provide the Router with a dynamic IP address toestablish a connection to the Internet.DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) ServersDHCP frees you from having to assign IP addresses manually every time a newuser is added to your network. PCs and other network devices using dynamicIP addressing are assigned a new IP address by a DHCP server. The PC or net-work device obtaining an IP address is called the DHCP client. The Router’sWAN port is, by default, set as a DHCP client.DHCP servers can either be a designated PC on the network or another networkdevice, such as the Router.  By default, a DHCP server is enabled on yourRouter’s LAN ports.  If you already have a DHCP server running on your net-work, you must disable one of the two DHCP servers.  If you run more than oneDHCP server on your network, you will experience network errors, such asconflicting IP addresses.  To disable the Router’s DHCP function, see theDHCP section in Chapter 3: Configuring the Router.IP AddressesNote: Since the Router is a device that connects two networks, it needs twoIP addresses—one for the LAN side, and one for the WAN side.  In this UserGuide, you’ll see references to the “WAN IP address” and the “LAN IPaddress.”Since the Router has firewall security (NAT), only the Router’s WAN IP addresscan be seen from the Internet.However, even the WAN IP address can be blocked, so that the Router andnetwork seem invisible to the Internet—This is shown in the Filters section in“Chapter 5: Using the Routers Web-Based Utility”.  Note: Even if you assign a static IP address to a PC, other PCs can still useDHCP’s dynamic IP addressing, as long as the static IP is not within theDHCP range of the LAN IP Address.If the Router’s DHCP function fails to provide a dynamic IP address for anyreason, please refer to Appendix A: Troubleshooting.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch4
The LAN IndicatorsWLAN Act Green. This LED indicates wireless activity.WLAN Link Green. This LED indicates that the Router’s wireless func-tions have been enabled through the Web-based utility.Power Green. This LED indicates that the Router’s power is on.Link/Act Green. This LED serves two purposes. When this LED is litcontinuously, this indicates that the Router is connected to adevice through the corresponding port (1, 2, 3, or 4). A blink-ing LED indicates that the Router is actively sending orreceiving data over that port. When the Uplink Port is in use,the LED for Port 4 will be lit continuously.6The Wireless Access Point Router’s LEDsThe Reset ButtonPressing the Reset Button and holding it in for a few seconds will clear allof the Router’s data and restore the factory defaults. This should be doneonly if you are experiencing heavy routing problems, and only after youhave exhausted all of the other troubleshooting options. By resetting theRouter, you run the risk of creating conflicts between your PCs’ actual IPAddresses and what the Router thinks their IP Addresses should be. Youmay be forced to reboot each network PC.If the Router locks up, simply press the reset button or power it down forthree to five seconds by removing the power cable from the Router’sPower Port. Leaving the power off for too long could result in the loss ofnetwork connections.Figure 1-2The Router’s rear panel (as shown in Figure 1-1) is where all of its connectionsare made.WAN The WAN (Wide Area Network) Port is where you will con-nect your cable or DSL modem with an Ethernet cable. Yourmodem connection will not work from any other port. Ports 1-4 These four LAN (Local Area Network) ports are where youwill connect networked devices, such as PCs, print servers,and any other Ethernet devices you want to put on your net-work. If Port 4 is being used, the Uplink Port will not work.Uplink The Uplink Port is where you can expand your network byconnecting to another switch or hub. Uplinking to anotherswitch or a hub is done by simply running a cable from theUplink Port to the other device. The Uplink Port is sharedwith Port 4. If the Uplink port is being used, Port 4 will notwork.Power The Power Port is where you will connect the included ACPower adapter.Antenna Jacks The Antenna Jacks are where the included antennas are con-nected.Figure 1-1The Wireless Access Point Router’s PortsInstant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch5
Chapter 2: Connecting the RouterBefore plugging everything together, it’s always a good idea to have everythingyou’ll need to get the Router up and running. Depending upon how you config-ure the Router in Chapter 4: Configuring the Router, you may need some of thefollowing values from your ISP:When connecting through a Static IP connection, be sure to have 1) Yourbroadband-configured PC’s fixed Internet IP Address, 2) Your broadband-configured PC’s Computer Name and Workgroup Name, 3) Your SubnetMask, 4) Your Default Gateway, and 5) Your Primary DNS IP address.When connecting through a PPPoE connection, be sure to have 1) YourPPPoE User Name and 2) Your PPPoE Password.The installation technician from your ISP should have left this information withyou after installing your broadband connection. If not, you can call your ISP torequest the data.Once you have the above values, you can begin the Router’s installation andsetup.Once you are sure that you have the above values on hand, you can begin theInstallation and Setup of the Router.1. Power everything down, including your PCs, your cable or DSL modem andthe Router.2. Connect an Ethernet cable from one ofyour PC’s Ethernet ports to one of theRouter’s LAN ports (as shown in Figure 2-1). Do the same with all the PCs you wishto connect to the Router. (LAN Port 4 willbecome inactive if you use the Uplinkport.)In addition to accessing the Router throughan Ethernet connection, a wireless connec-Before You StartFull/Col Green. This LED also serves two purposes. When this LEDis lit continuously, the connection made through the corre-sponding port is running in Full Duplex mode. A blinkingLED indicates that the connection is experiencing collisions.Infrequent collisions are normal. If this LED blinks toooften, there may be a problem with your connection. Refer tothe Troubleshooting Appendix if you think there is a prob-lem.100 Orange. This LED indicates when a successful 100Mbpsconnection is made through the corresponding port.The WAN IndicatorsLink Green. This LED indicates a connection between the Routerand your broadband device or network.Act Green. This LED blinks when the Router is sending orreceiving data over the broadband (WAN) port.Diag Red. This LED indicates the Router’s self-diagnosis modeduring boot-up and restart. It will turn off upon completingthe diagnosis. If this LED stays on for an abnormally longperiod of time, refer to the Troubleshooting Appendix.7Connecting Your Hardware Together and Booting UpFigure 2-1Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch8
For Wireless Connections: In addition to accessing the Router through anEthernet connection, a wireless connection can be used to access the Router.After powering on the Router and connecting it to your modem, enter theRouter’s IP Address in the Address field of your wireless PC’s web-browser asfollows: http://192.168.1.1 and press Enter.Important: The Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch isconfigured by default to work out of the box with all Linksys WirelessAdapters. If you have changed the defaults on your Linksys WirelessAdapters, or are using other wireless adapters, you must temporar-ily change your wireless adapter settings to: (SSID = linksys) inorder to initially access the Router wirelessly. After you haveaccessed the Router with the default settings, you can change therouter settings to coincide with your Network settings and reset youradapters.Important: Some ISPs—most notably some cable providers—config-ure their networks so that you do not have to enter a full Internetaddress into your web browser or e-mail application to reach yourhome page or receive your e-mail. If your Internet home pageaddress is something very simple, such as “www”, rather than“www.linksys.com”, or your e-mail server’s address is something sim-ilar to “e-mail” or “pop3”, rather than “pop.mail.linksys.com”, youwon’t be able to properly configure the Router until you determine theactual Internet addresses of your Web and e-mail connections.You  must obtain this information prior to connecting the Router toyour network. You can obtain this information by contacting your ISP.10tion can be used to access the Router. See the “For Wireless Connections”section that follows these connection instructions.3. Connect another Ethernet cable from yourcable or DSL modem to the Router’s WANport (as shown in Figure 2-2).4. Connect the Power Adapter (included) tothe Router’s Power port (as shown inFigure 2-3) and plug the other end into apower outlet.•The Power LED will illuminate greenas soon as the power adapter is con-nected.•The Diag LED will illuminate red for afew seconds while the Router goesthrough its internal diagnostic test. TheLED will turn off when the self-test iscomplete.5. Power on the cable or DSL modem.  Verifythat the power is on by checking the Link LED in the WAN column on thefront of the Router.  The Link LED will be illuminated if the power is on andthe modem is ready.6. Press the Reset button on the back of the Router. Hold the button in for threeseconds, or until the Diag LED illuminates red. This restores the Router’sdefault settings.7. Power on your PC.The Router is now connected. Continue to the next chapter to configureyour PCs.Figure 2-2Figure 2-3Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch9
2. Select the Configuration taband highlight the TCP/IPline for the applicableEthernet adapter (as shownin Figure 3-1). If the wordTCP/IP appears by itself,select that line. (Note:  Ifthere is no TCP/IP line list-ed, refer to your Ethernetadapter’s documentation toinstall TCP/IP now.) Then,click the Properties button.3. Click the IP Address taband select Obtain an IPaddress automatically (asshown in figure 3-2).4. Click the Gateway tab and verify that the Installed Gateway field is blank.Click the OK button.Chapter 3: Configuring the PCsThese instructions will help you configure each of your computers to commu-nicate with the Router.To do this, you will need to configure your PC’s network settings to obtain anIP (or TCP/IP) address automatically. Computers use IP addresses to commu-nicate with each other across a network or the Internet.You will need to know which operating system your computer is running, suchas Windows 95, 98, Millennium, 2000, or XP.  You can find out by clicking theStart button and then selecting the Settings option. (If your Start menu does -n’t have a Settings option, you’re running Windows XP. You can select theControl Panel directly from the Start Menu.) Then, click  Control Panel anddouble-click the System icon.  Click the Cancel button when done.Once you know which Windows operating system you are running, follow thedirections in this step for your computer’s operating system. If you PC is notconfigured with the TCP/IP protocol, you will need to do this for each com-puter you are connecting to the Router.The next few pages tell you, step by step, how to configure your TCP/IP set-tings based on the type of Windows operating system you are using. Onceyou've configured your computers, continue to Chapter 4: Configuring theRouter.1. Click the  Start button, click Settings and open the  Control Panel. Fromthere, double-click the Network icon to open the Network screen.12OverviewConfiguring Windows 95, 98, and Millennium PCsFigure 3-1Figure 3-2Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch11
5. Click the OK button again.  Windows may ask you for the originalWindows installation disk or additional files. Supply them by pointing tothe correct file location, e.g., D:\win98, D:\win9x,c:\windows\options\cabs, etc. (This assumes that “D” is the letter of yourCD-ROM drive).6. If Windows asks you to restart your PC, click the  Yes button. If Windowsdoes not ask you to restart, restart your computer anyway.Repeat steps 1-6 for each PC on your network.  When all of your PCs areconfigured, proceed to Chapter 4: Configuring the Router.1. Click the Start button, click Settings and open the Control Panel.  Fromthere, double-click the Network and Dial-up Connections icon. This willdisplay the Network screen.2. Select the  Local AreaConnection icon for theapplicable Ethernetadapter (usually it is thefirst Local AreaConnection listed).3. When the Local Area Connection Status screen appears, click theProperties button. (See Figure 3-3.)4. Select Internet Protocol(TCP/IP) (as shown inFigure 3-4) and click theProperties button.5. Select  Obtain an IPaddress automaticallyand verify that  ObtainDNS server addressautomatically is select-ed (as shown in Figure3-5). Then, click the OKbutton and click the OKbutton on the subse-quent screens to com-plete the PC’s configura-tion.Repeat steps 1-5 for each PC on your network.  When all of your PCs areconfigured, proceed to Chapter 4: Configuring the Router.Configuring Windows 2000 PCsFigure 3-3Figure 3-4Figure 3-5Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch13 14
The following instructions assume you are running Windows XP’s defaultinterface. If you are using the Classic interface (where the icons and menuslook like previous Windows versions), please follow the instructions forWindows 2000.1. Click the Start button, open the Control Panel. and click the Network andInternet Connections icon. Then, click the Network Connections icon todisplay the Network screen.2. Select the  Local AreaConnection icon forthe applicable Ethernetadapter (usually it isthe first Local AreaConnection listed). 3. When the Local Area Connection Status screen appears, click theProperties button. (See Figure 3-6.)4. Select  Internet Protocol(TCP/IP) (as shown inFigure 3-7) and click theProperties button.5. Select  Obtain an IPaddress automaticallyand verify that ObtainDNS server address auto-matically is selected (asshown in Figure 3-8).Then, click the  OK buttonand click the  OK button onthe subsequent screens tocomplete the PC’s configu-ration.Repeat steps 1-5 for each PC on your network.  When all of your PCs areconfigured, proceed to Chapter 4: Configuring the Router.Configuring Windows XP PCsFigure 3-6Figure 3-7Figure 3-8Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch15 16
3. If required by your ISP, enter the Router’s Host Nameand Domain Namein the appropriate fields on the Setup tab. (This is usually required by cableISPs.)4. To configure theRouter for your wire-less network, verifythat the Setup tab’sWireless fields (shownin Figure 4-3) arecompleted as follows:Enable/Disable:Selecting the Enableradio button willenable the Router’swireless feature.Wireless functionswill not be availableunless enabled.SSID: The SSID is a unique name for your wireless network.  It is case sen-sitive and must not exceed 32 characters.  The default SSID is "linksys " butyou should change this to a personal wireless network name.  All wirelesspoints in your network must use the same SSID.SSID Broadcast - Allows the SSID to be broadcast on your network. Youmay want to enable this function while configuring the Router, but makesure that you disable it when you are finished. With this enabled, someonecould easily obtain the SSID information with site survey software and gainunauthorized access to your network. Click  Enable to broadcast. ClickDisable to increase network security and prevent the SSID from being seenon networked PCs. Channel: Select the appropriate channel for your network from the list pro-vided.  All wireless points in your network must use the same channel inorder to function properly.Do not change the WEP setting from the default, “Disabled”, without firstreferring to the Wireless Security sections of the User Guide or SetupWizard CD-ROM for advanced features and settings.17 18Chapter 4: Configuring the RouterThis chapter will show you how to configure the Router to function in your net-work and gain access to the Internet through your Internet Service Provider(ISP). Detailed description of the  Router’s Web-based Utility can be found inthe Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-Based Utility. Your ISP may require theuse of a Host Name and Domain Name. Further, you will set the WANConfiguration Type on the Router’s Setup tab from the information given byyour ISP. You will need this setup information from your ISP. If you do not havethis information, please contact your ISP before proceeding.The instructions from your ISP tell you how to set up your PC for Internetaccess.  Since you are now using the Router to share Internet access among sev-eral computers, you will use this setup information for Router configuration.1. Open your web browser, and enter  192.168.1.1 into the web browser’sAddress field, as shown in Figure 4-1. Then, press the Enter key.2. An Enter Network Password window, shown in Figure 4-2a, will appear.(Windows XP users will see a Connect to 192.168.1.1 window, shown inFigure 4-2b.) Leave the User Name field empty, and enter  admin (thedefault password) in lowercase letters in the Password field.  Then, click theOK button. Figure 4-1Figure 4-2aFigure 4-2bFigure 4-3Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
PPPoEIf your DSL providersays that you are con-necting through PPPoEor if you normally entera user name and pass-word to access theInternet, perform thesesteps (shown in Figure4-5):a. Select PPPoE as theWAN ConnectionType.b. Enter the UserName.c. Enter the Password.d. Click the Apply button to save the settings.RAS (for SingTel Users)RAS is a service used inSingapore only. If you areusing a RAS connection(as shown in Figure 4-6),check with your ISP forthe necessary setup infor-mation.19 205. The Router supports five connection types: DHCP (obtain an IP automati-cally), PPPoE, Static IP Address, RAS, and PPTP. These types are selectedfrom the drop-down menu beside WAN Connection Type. The Setup taband available features will differ depending on what kind of connection typeyou select, the instructions for which are included here:Obtain an IP Automatically If your ISP says that you are connecting through a dynamic IP address (orDHCP), perform these steps:a. Select Obtainan IP automatically as the WAN Connection Type (aspreviously shown in Figure 4-3).b. Click the Apply button to save the settings.Static IPIf your ISP says that you are connecting through a static (or fixed) IPaddress, perform these steps (as shown in Figure 4-4):a. Select Static IP as the WAN Connection Type.b. In the fields beside“Specify WAN IPAddress”, enter the  IPAddress.c. Enter the Subnet Mask.d. Enter the DefaultGateway Address.e. Enter the DNS in the 1,2, and/or 3 fields. Youmust enter at least oneDNS address.f. Click the  Apply buttonto save the settings.Figure 4-4Figure 4-5Figure 4-6Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-Based UtilityFor your convenience, an administrative utility has been programmed into theRouter. This chapter will explain all of the functions in this utility. All router-based administrative tasks are performed through this web utility. The web util-ity can be accessed by any PC on the network by typing “http://192.168.1.1” inthe PC’s web browser address window, as shown in Figure 5-1.Upon entering the address into the web browser, a password request page willpop up, as shown in Figure 5-2a. (Windows XP users will see a “Connect to192.168.1.1” window, shown in Figure 5-2b.)Leave the User Name field empty, and enter admin (the default password) inlowercase letters in the Password field.  Then, click the OK button. In this chapter, you will find brief descriptions of each of the utility’s tabs andits more important functions.  More detailed explanations and instructions canbe found by clicking each page’s  Help button or on Linksys’s website atwww.linksys.com.  To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  theCancel button.  To apply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click theApply button.21PPTPPPTP is a service used inEurope only. If you areusing a PPTP connection(as shown in Figure 4-7),check with your ISP forthe necessary setup infor-mation.6. If you haven’t already done so, click the Apply button to save the settings.7. Reset the power on your cable or DSL modem and restart your computers.They will now obtain the Router's new settings.Note: You only need to configure the Router from one computer. If youneed advanced setting information, please refer to the Linksys support web-site at  support.linksys.com or the User Guide on the Setup Wizard CD-ROM.Congratulations! You’ve successfully configured the Router. You can testthe setup by opening your web browser from any computer and enteringwww.linksys.com/registration (as shown in Figure 4-8).If you are unable to reach our website, you may want to review what youdid in this section or refer to the Troubleshooting Appendix.Figure 4-7Figure 4-8Figure 5-1Figure 5-2aFigure 5-2bInstant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch22
•  SSID: The SSID is a unique name for your wireless network.  It is case sensi-tive and must not exceed 32 characters.  The default SSID is "linksys " but youshould change this to a personal wireless network name.  All wireless pointsin your network must use the same SSID. Verify that you are using the correctSSID and click the Apply button to set it.•SSID Broadcast - Allows the SSID to be broadcast on your network. You maywant to enable this function while configuring the Router, but make sure thatyou disable it when you are finished. With this enabled, someone could easilyobtain the SSID information with site survey software and gain unauthorizedaccess to your network. Click Enable to broadcast. Click Disable to increasenetwork security and prevent the SSID from being seen on networked PCs. •Channel  Select the appropriate channel from the list provided to correspondwith your network settings, between 1 and 11. (Higher channels can only beused outside of the United States and Canada.) All points in your wireless net-work must use the same channel in order to function correctly. Verify that thecorrect channel is selected and click the Apply button to set it.•WEP (Mandatory/Disable). In order to utilize WEP encryption, selectEnable. If you do not wish to utilize WEP encryption, make sure  Disable isselected.•WEP Key Setting When WEP Encryption is Enabled, press this button tomodify the WEP Key Settings.  For further details on configuring Wireless Security, using WEP, refer toAppendix C: Configuring Wireless Security.•WAN Connection Type The Router supports five connection types: DHCP(obtain an IP automatically), PPPoE, Static IP Address, RAS, and PPTP. Thesetypes are selected from the drop-down menu beside  WAN Connection Type.The Setup tab and available features will differ depending on what kind ofconnection type you select. Each option is described on the following pages.Obtain an IP Automatically If your ISP says that you are connecting through a dynamic IP address (orDHCP), select this option from the drop-down menu (as shown in Figure 5-3).Now, the Router will accept the dynamic IP addresses assigned by your ISPwhen connecting to the Internet.23 24The utility’s tabs: Setup, Password, Status, DHCP, Log, Security and Help areused for Basic Setup of the Router. When the Advanced Tab is clicked, furtheroptions will be displayed for Filters, Forwarding, Dynamic Routing, StaticRouting DMZ Host, MAC Address Cloning, and Wireless configuration.The Setup tab is the first tab you will see when you access the Utility. If youhave already installed and set up the Router, you have already seen this tab andhave already properly configured all of the values. •Host Name Thisentry is necessaryfor some ISPs andcan be provided bythem.•Domain NameThis entry is neces-sary for some ISPsand can be providedby them.•Firmware VersionThis displays thefirmware versionthe Router is cur-rently using. As future ver-sions of the Router’sfirmware become available,they can be downloaded from the Linksys website at www.linksys.com.•LAN IP Address and Subnet Mask This is the Router’s IP Address andSubnet Mask as seen on the internal LAN. The default value is 192.168.1.1for IP Address and 255.255.255.0 for Subnet Mask.•Wireless (Enable/Disable). In order to utilize the Router’s wireless func-tions, select Enable. If you do not wish to utilize any wireless functions,make sure Disable is selected.  (Note: No other wireless functions will beavailable unless you enable this setting.)SetupFigure 5-3Note:  Due to differences in webbrowsers, some screen shots may differ. Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
25PPPoE Some DSL-basedISPs use PPPoE(Point-to-PointProtocol overEthernet) to estab-lish communica-tions with an end-user. If you areusing a DSL line,check with your ISPto see if they usePPPoE. If they douse PPPoE, selectthis from the drop-down menu (asshown in Figure 5-5).If you do enable PPPoE, remember to remove any existing PPPoE applica-tions already on any of your PCs. •User Name and Password Enter the User Name and Password you usewhen logging onto your ISP connection.•Connect on Demand and Max Idle Time You can configure the Routerto disconnect your ISP connection after a specified period of time (MaxIdle Time). If you have been disconnected due to inactivity, Connect onDemand enables the Router to automatically re-establish your connection assoon as you attempt to access the Internet again. If you wish to activateConnect on Demand, click the radio button. If you want your Internet con-nection to remain on at all times, enter  0in the Max Idle Time field.Otherwise, enter the number of minutes you want to have elapsed beforeyour Internet access disconnects.•Keep Alive Option and Redial PeriodThis option keeps you connected toyour ISP indefinitely, even when your connection sits idle.  To use thisoption, click the radio button next to Keep Alive. The default Redial Periodis 30 seconds.26Static IPIf your ISP says that you are connecting through a static (or fixed) IPaddress, select this option from the drop-down menu (as shown in Figure 5-4). The Router will utilize that static IP Address when the following infor-mation is entered into the appropriate field:•WAN IP Address and Subnet Mask This is the Router’s IP Address andSubnet Mask as seen by external users on the Internet (including yourISP).•  Default Gateway Address Your ISP will provide you with the GatewayIP Address.•  DNS (Domain Name Server) IP Address Your ISP will provide youwith at least one DNS IP Address.Figure 5-4Figure 5-5Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
28•Router Password For greater security, you should set a password for theRouter. If you don’t set the password, all users on your network will be ableto access the Router using the default password admin. We recommend thatyou change your password often. •  UPnP Services Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) allows systems, such asWindows XP PCs to automatically configure the Router for various Internetapplications, such as gaming and videoconferencing. Click the radio buttonnext to Enable to enable UPnP Services, or  Disable  to disable UPnPServices.•  Restore Factory Defaults If you select the Restore Factory Default optionand click the Apply button, you will clear all of the Router’s settings andrestore the default settings. Do not restore the factory defaults unless you are having difficulties with theRouter and have exhausted all other troubleshooting measures. Once the Routeris reset, you will have to re-enter all of your configuration data.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button. The Status tab, shown in Figure 5-8, displays the Router’s current status; itreflects the data and selections you’ve entered using the Setup tab and providesoptions for DHCP users.  All of the information provided on the Status tab is read-only and can bechanged using the Setup tab.  •Host Name This field shows the name of the Router. This entry is neces-sary for some ISPs.  •Firmware Version This field shows the installed version and date of thefirmware.  Version dates are slightly more accurate than version numbers.•Login  This indicates if you are using a dial-up style connection likePPPoE, RAS, or PPTP. For PPPoE, RAS, or PPTP only, there is a Connectbutton to click if you are disconnected and want to re-establish a connec-tion.RAS (for SingTel Users) RAS is a service used in Singapore only. If you are using a RAS connection(as shown in Figure 4-6), check with your ISP for the necessary setup infor-mation.PPTP PPTP is a service used in Europe only. If you are using a PPTP connection(as shown in Figure 4-7), check with your ISP for the necessary setup infor-mation.You can confirm that the above settings are correct by successfully connectingto the Internet.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button.From the Password tab, shown in Figure 5-7, you can change the Router’sPassword, enable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) Services for systems such asWindows XP PCs, and restore the Router’s factory default settings. PasswordFigure 5-7StatusNote:  The information provided on the Statustab may vary depending on the Router’s settings. Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch27
29A DHCP (DynamicHost ConfigurationProtocol) Serverautomaticallyassigns IP addressesto each computer onits network. Unlessyou already haveone, you should setthe Router up as aDHCP  server. Thisis done on the DHCPtab, shown in Figure5-9.•DHCP Server  Click the Enable option to enable the Router’s DHCP serv-er function If you already have a DHCP server on your network, set theRouter’s DHCP option to Disable.•Starting IP Address Enter a numerical value for the DHCP server to startwith when issuing IP addresses.•Number of DHCP users Enter the maximum number of PCs that willrequire IP addresses assigned by the Router. No more than 253 computerscan be used.  In order to determine the DHCP IP Address range, add thestarting IP address (e.g., 100) to the number of DHCP users.  By default, asshown in Figure 5-9, if you add 50 users, the range or IP Addresses will be192.168.1.100 to 192.168.1.149.•Client Lease Time The Client Lease Time is the amount of time a networkuser will be allowed connection to the Router with their current dynamic IPaddress. Enter the amount of time, in minutes, that the user will be “leased”this dynamic IP address.DHCP30•LAN These fields display the current IP Address and Subnet Mask of theRouter, as seen by users on your local area network. The DHCP Server fieldshows the status of the Router’s DHCP server function, which is eitherenabled or disabled.•WAN These fields display the WAN IP Address, WAN Subnet Mask, andWAN Default Gateway IP Address of the Router, as seen by external users onthe Internet. The DNS (Domain Name System) IP Address fields show the IPaddress(es) of the DNS currently used by the Router. Multiple DNS IP set-tings are common. In most cases, the first available DNS entry is used.•DHCPRelease  Click the  DHCP Release button to delete the current IPaddress of the device connected to the Router’s WAN port. •DHCPRenew  Click the  DHCP Renew button to replace the current IPaddress—of the device connected to the Router’s WAN port—with a new IPaddress.•DHCPClients Table  This table lists the PCs that were given IP addresses bythe Router.Figure 5-9Figure 5-8Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
For a permanent record of these logs, Logviewer software must be used. Thissoftware is downloadable from the Linksys website at www.linksys.com. TheLogviewer saves all incoming and outgoing activity as a permanent file on yourPC’s hard drive. Next to “Send Log to”, enter the fixed IP address of the PCrunning the Logviewer software. The Router will now send updated logs to thatPC.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button.32•DNS The Domain Name System (DNS) is how the Internet translatesdomain or website names into Internet addresses or URLs. Your ISP willprovide you with at least one DNS Server IP Address. If you wish to useanother, type that  IP Address in one of these fields. You can type up tothree DNS Server IP Addresses here. The Router will use these for quickeraccess to functioning DNS servers.•WINS The Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) manages each PC’sinteraction with the Internet. If you use a WINS server, enter that server’sIP Address here. Otherwise, left this blank.•DHCP Clients Table  When this button is clicked, a table similar to thatshown in Figure 5-10 appears, displaying a list of PCs assigned IP address-es by the Router. Click the  Refresh button to display the most currentinformation. If youwish to delete aclient’s IP address,select that client byclicking the box tothe right and clickthe Delete button.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button.The Log tab, shown in Figure 5-11, provides you with a log of all incoming andoutgoing URLs or IP addresses for your Internet connection.To access activity logs, select the Enable option next to “Access Log”. Thisfunction can be disabled by clicking the Disable radio button.With logging Enabled, you can choose to view temporary logs or have a per-manent record, using the Logviewer software.  Temporary logs can be accessedfrom the Log tab by clicking either the  Incoming Access Log or  OutgoingAccess Log buttons.  The Incoming Access Log gives you a log of all theincoming Internet traffic while the Outgoing Access Log lists all the URLs andIP addresses of Internet sites that users on your network have accessed.Figure 5-10LogFigure 5-11Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch31
The Security tab, as shown in Figure 5-12, enables configuration of the Routerto provide enhanced network security using ZoneAlarm Pro and PC-cillin(each sold separately). While the Router provides a built-in Internet NAT fire-wall, ZoneAlarm Pro enhances the Router’s security capabilities for increasedprotection against hackers and other threats from the Internet and PC-cillin pro-tects against viruses. ZoneAlarm Pro and PC-cillin work independently of eachother.  For more information on ZoneAlarm Pro, PC-cillin, and DSL or cablenetwork security, please click the on-screen link to the Internet Security Center. Software DownloadClick this button to purchase and download ZoneAlarm Pro and/or PC-cillin atthe Internet Security Center. Print the summary page, which contains thelicense key needed for installation, or write down the license key if you areunable to print the page. You will also be e-mailed a confirmation invoice withthe key included. When adding security enhancements to your other networkedcomputers, you can either copy the downloaded files to the other PCs or re-download the software on each individual PC without incurring any more costs.ZoneAlarm Pro SettingsIf you have downloaded ZoneAlarm Pro, complete this section.License Key Enter the License Key for ZoneAlarm Pro. The License Keywill be e-mailed to you after you purchase ZoneAlarm Pro.Enforce ZoneAlarm Pro Security Check this box to enable ZoneAlarm Proon the Router. This will require every PC to have ZoneAlarm Pro installedbefore being allowed to access the Internet (except for exempt computers).Enforcement Level This sets how often ZoneAlarm Pro will check for unau-thorized intrusions. More Secure (default setting) enables ZoneAlarm Pro tocheck frequently. Conserve Bandwidth enables ZoneAlarm Pro to check lessfrequently; this uses less bandwidth. It is recommended to set the EnforcementLevel at the More Secure setting unless there is a decrease in the Router’s per-formance. PC-cillin SettingsIf you have downloaded PC-cillin, complete this section.Enforce PC-cillin Anti-Virus Check this box to enable PC-cillin Anti-Viruson the Router.Exempt ComputersIf you wish to exempt any computers from enforcement of ZoneAlarm Pro and/orPC-cillin, complete this section.Enable/Disable To enable or disable computer exemptions, click Enable orDisable. From IP Address/To IP Address  Enter the range of IP addresses for thecomputers you want to exempt from enforcement of ZoneAlarm Pro and/orPC-cillin.AOL Parental ControlsEnabling this engages AOL’s proprietary “Parental Control” feature. Enabling thiswill disable all options under the Advanced tab except MAC Address cloning.To apply any of the settings you change on a page, click the Applybutton.  To can-cel any values you’ve entered on any page, click the Cancel button. SecurityNote:Your license key will be e-mailed to you.Figure 5-12Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch33 34Note: AOL Parental Controls are availableto AOL customers in the Unites States Only.
2.  Click the  Browse button and find the firmware upgrade file that youdownloaded from the Linksys website. Double-click the upgrade file.This will place the file into the “File Path:” field.3.  When the correct file is in the “File Path:” field, click the Upgrade but-ton and follow the instructions there.  This will complete your firmwareupgrade.Filters35Important:Do not interrupt the firmware upgrade process inany way or power down the Router while the upgrade is inprogress as this could damage the Router.The Help tab, as shown in Figure 5-13, contains links to all of the Utility’s inter-nal support documentation, a link to Linksys’s website, and the application thatupgrades the Router’s firmware. To utility these links, you must have an activeInternet connection.Click the Linksys Website link to connect to the Linksys homepage forKnowledgebase help files and information about other Linksys products.For an Online Manual in PDF format, click that text link. The manual will appearin Adobe PDF format. If you do not have the Adobe PDF Reader installed on yourcomputer, click the Adobe Website link to download this software.Firmware can be upgraded by clicking the Upgrade Firmware link. Do not upgradeyour firmware unless you are experiencing problems with the Access Point.To upgrade the Router’s firmware:1.  Access the Help tab and click Upgrade Firmware. A new page, shown inFigure 5-14, will appear.36Important: In order to upgrade the Router’s firmware, youmust use Internet Explorer 5.0 or higher, or NetscapeNavigator 4.7 or higher.  Upgrading the firmware may causethe Router to be reset to the factory defaults.  Make a record ofall settings before attempting the upgrade.HelpFigure 5-13Figure 5-14Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
To filter users by network port number, enter a network port number or arange of network ports.  Enter the port numbers you want to filter in the portnumbers fields.  Users connected to the Router will no longer be able toaccess any port number listed there. •Editing MAC Filter SettingThis feature filters the Ethernet adapter’s specific MAC address from goingout to the Internet.To check your Ethernet adapter’s MAC address, run  winipcfg or ipconfigin the command prompt, depending on which Windows operating systemyou are using.  To set the MAC filter, click the Edit MAC Filter Settingbutton.  When a second window appears, select the range in the drop-downmenu, and in a MAC number field, enter the 12-digit MAC address youwant to filter.  Click the Apply button before closing the window. For infor-mation on obtaining a MAC address, go to Appendix D: Finding the MACAddress and IP Address for Your Ethernet Adapter.•Blocking WAN RequestsBy enabling the Block WAN Request feature, you can prevent your networkfrom being “pinged,” or detected, by other Internet users. The Block WANRequest feature also reinforces your network security by hiding your net-work ports. Both functions of the Block WAN Requestfeature make it moredifficult for outside users to work their way into your network.Click the Apply button to save your changes.•Using Multicast Pass ThroughThis feature allows for multiple transmissions to specific recipients at thesame time.  Select  Enable to support the feature, or Disable to keep theRouter from multicasting.37Filters block spe-cific internal usersfrom accessing theInternet. From theFilters tab, asshown in Figure 5-15, you can set up afilter through an IPaddress or a net-work port number.•Setting Up FiltersTo set up a filter using IP addresses, enter the range of IP addresses youwish to filter in the IP address fields. Users who have filtered IP addresseswill not be able to access the Internet at all. If you only want to filter oneIP address instead of a range of IP addresses, enter the same value into bothfields. For instance, if you wish to filter the PC with the IP address of192.168.1.5, enter 5into both fields on one line: 192.168.1.5 ~ 192.168.1.5.Click the Apply button when you’re done. 38Advanced Tab: FiltersImportant: Filtering is an Advanced Function. No changesshould be made to this tab without a thorough understandingof networking concepts.Figure 5-15Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
•Using Multicast Pass ThroughThis feature allows for multiple transmissions to specific recipients at thesame time.  Select Enable to support the feature, or  Disable to keep theRouter from multicasting.•Using IPSec Pass ThroughThis feature lets you use IPSec Pass Through.  To use this feature, click the Enable button next to IPSec Pass Through, and then the Apply button.IPSec Pass Through is enabled by default. To disable IPSec Pass Through,click on Disable and then the  Apply button.•Using PPTP Pass ThroughPoint-to-Point Tunneling Protocol is the method used to enable VPN sessions.  To enable this feature, click the Enable button next to PPTP PassThrough, and click the Apply button.PPTP Pass Through is enabled by default. To disable this feature, click onDisable next to PPTP Pass Through, and  then the Apply button.•Using Remote ManagementThis feature allows you to manage the Router from a remote location, suchas over the Internet.  To enable this feature, click on Enable, and click theApply button. Remote Management must be activated before you can man-age the Router from a remote location.To disable Remote Management, click on Disable, and click the Apply but-ton. If you wish to use this feature, enter http:\\<WAN IP Address>:8080into your web browser’s address field and press the Enter key. (Enter yourspecific WAN IP Address in place of <WAN IP Address>.)To disable this feature, click on Disable, and click the Apply button.•Using Remote Upgrade This feature allows you to upgrade the Router’s firmware from a remotelocation.  To enable Remote Upgrade, click on Enable, and then click theApply button. Remote Management must be activated before you can man-age the Router from a remote location.•Using MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) This feature specifies the largest packet size permitted for network trans-mission. Select Enable and enter the value desired.  It is recommended thatyou leave this value in the 1200 to 1500 range.  For most DSL users, it isrecommended to use the value 1492.  By default, MTU is set at 1500 whendisabled.Important:Upgrading may cause theRouter to be reset to the factorydefaults. Make a record of all set-tings before attempting the upgrade.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch39 40
3.  On the same line, select the protocol TCP or UDP, or select both protocols.  4.  Enter the  IP address of the server that you want the Internet users to beable to access. To find the IP address, go to Appendix D: Finding the MACAddress and IP Address for Your Ethernet Adapter.5.  Check the Enable box to enable the services you have defined. Port RangeForwarding will not function if the Enable button is left unchecked. This isdisabled (unchecked) by default.6.  Configure as many entries as needed—the Router supports up to 10 rangesof ports. Click the Apply button when you are done. UPnP ForwardingClicking the UPnP Forwarding button on the Port Range Forwarding tab willdisplay the UPnP Forwarding tab. The UPnP Forwarding tab, shown in Figure5-17, displays preset application settings as well as options for customizationof port services for other applications. This table is similar tothe Port Forwardingtable, but the items onthis table will automat-ically synchronize withother UPnP devicesand operating systems,such as Windows XP.Figure 5-17Port Range Forwardingfrom this tab, as shownin Figure 5-16, sets uppublic services on yournetwork, such as webservers, ftp servers, e-mail servers, or otherspecialized Internetapplications.(Specialized Internetapplications are anyapplications that useInternet access to per-form functions such asvideoconferencing oronline gaming. SomeInternet applicationsmay not require anyforwarding.) Whenusers send this type of request to your network via the Internet, the Router willforward those requests to the appropriate PC.  Before using Forwarding, theDHCP function on the PC whose port is being forwarded must be disabled andhave a new static IP address assigned because its IP address may change whenusing the DHCP function.If you need to forward all ports to one PC, see the “DMZ” section.To add a server using Port Range Forwarding:1.  Enter the name of the application in the appropriate CustomizedApplications field. 2.  Next to the name of the application, enter the  number or range of theexternal port(s) used by the server or Internet application in the Ext. Portcolumn. Check with the Internet application software documentation formore information. 42Advanced Tab: Port Range ForwardingImportant: Port Range Forwarding is an AdvancedFunction. No changes should be made to this tab without athorough understanding of networking concepts.Figure 5-16Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch41
•  POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3)  A standard mail server commonly used onthe Internet. It provides a message store that holds incoming e-mail untilusers log on and download it. POP3 is a simple system with little selectivity.All pending messages and attachments are downloaded at the same time.POP3 uses the SMTP messaging protocol.•  NNTP (Network News Transfer Protocol)  The protocol used to connect toUsenet groups on the Internet. Usenet newsreaders support the NNTP pro-tocol.•  SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)  A widely used networkmonitoring and control protocol. Data is passed from SNMP agents, whichare hardware and/or software processes reporting activity in each networkdevice (hub, router, etc.) to the workstation console used to oversee the net-work. The agents return information contained in a MIB (ManagementInformation Base), which is a data structure that defines what is obtainablefrom the device and what can be controlled (turned off, on, etc.).You must check the Enable box to enable the applications you have defined.To add a server using UPnP Forwarding:1.  Enter the  name of the application in the appropriate Application Namefield.2.  Next to the name of the application, enter the number of the external portused by the server in the Ext. Port column. Check with the Internet appli-cation software documentation for more information.3.  On the same line, select the protocol UDP or TCP.4.  Enter the number of the internal port used by the server in the Int. Port col-umn.  Check with the Internet application software documentation for moreinformation.5.  Enter the IP address of the server that you want the Internet users to be ableto access. To find the IP address, go to Appendix D: Finding the MACAddress and IP Address for Your Ethernet Adapter.6.  Check the  Enable box to enable the services you have defined. UPnPForwarding will not function if the Enable button is left unchecked. This isdisabled (unchecked) by default.The Preset Applications are among the most widely used Internet applicationsthat may require forwarding. They include the following:•  FTP (File Transfer Protocol)  A protocol used to transfer files over a TCP/IPnetwork (Internet, UNIX, etc.). For example, after developing the HTMLpages for a website on a local machine, they are typically uploaded to theweb server using FTP. FTP includes functions to log onto the network, listdirectories, and copy files. It can also convert between the ASCII andEBCDIC character codes. FTP operations can be performed by typing com-mands at a command prompt or via an FTP utility running under a graphicalinterface such as Windows. FTP transfers can also be initiated from within aweb browser by entering the URL preceded by ftp://.•  Telnet A terminal emulation protocol commonly used on Internet andTCP/IP-based networks. It allows a user at a terminal or computer to log ontoa remote device and run a program.•  SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)  The standard e-mail protocol on theInternet. It is a TCP/IP protocol that defines the message format and themessage transfer agent (MTA), which stores and forwards the mail. •  DNS (Domain Name System)  The way that Internet domain names arelocated and translated into IP addresses. A domain name is a meaningful andeasy-to-remember “handle” for an Internet address.•  TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol)  A version of the TCP/IP FTP proto-col that has no directory or password capability.•  Finger A UNIX command widely used on the Internet to find out informa-tion about a particular user, such as a telephone number, whether the user iscurrently logged on, and the last time the user was logged on. The personbeing “fingered” must have placed his or her profile on the system in orderfor the information to be available. Fingering requires entering the fulluser@domain address.•  HTTP (HyperText Transport Protocol)  The communications protocol usedto connect to servers on the World Wide Web. Its primary function is toestablish a connection with a web server and transmit HTML pages to theclient web browser. Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch43 44
From the DynamicRouting tab, shownin Figure 5-19, youcan automaticallyadjust to physicalchanges in the net-work’s layout. TheRouter, using theRIP protocol,determines the net-work packets’route based on thefewest number ofhops between thesource and the des-tination. The RIPprotocol regularly broadcasts routing information to other routers on the net-work. To set up Dynamic Routing:1.  Choose the correct Working Mode.  Gateway Mode should be used if theRouter is hosting your network’s connection to the Internet. Router Modeshould be selected if the Router exists on a network with other routers. 2.  In the TX field, choose the protocol by which you transmit data on the net-work. 3.  In the RX field, choose the protocol by which the Router receives networkdata. 4.  Click the  Apply button to save your changes.To view the Routing Table, which shows the network layout, click the  ShowRouting Table button.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button.45Advanced Tab: Dynamic RoutingImportant: Dynamic Routing is an Advanced Function. Nochanges should be made to this tab without a thorough under-standing of networking concepts.Figure 5-19Port TriggeringFrom the Port RangeForwarding tab, shownin Figure 5-18, clickthe  Port Triggeringbutton to allow theRouter to watch out-going data for specificport numbers.  The IPaddress of the comput-er that sends thematching data isremembered by theRouter, so that whenthe requested datareturns through the Router, the data is pulled back to the proper computer byway of IP address and port mapping rules.1.  Enter the Application Name of the trigger.2.  Enter the  Trigger Port Range used by the application. Check with theInternet application for the port number needed.3. Enter the Incoming Port Range used by the application. Check with theInternet application for the port number needed.4. Click the Apply button.Figure 5-18Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch46
2.  Enter the following data to create a new static route:Destination LAN IP. The Destination LAN IP is the address of the remotenetwork or host to which you want to assign a static route. Enter the IPaddress of the host for which you wish to create a static route here. If youare building a route to an entire network, be sure that the host portion of theIP address is set to zero. For example, the Router’s standard IP address is192.168.1.1. Based on this address, the address of the network to which theRouter is connected is 192.168.1. You would enter the IP address192.168.1.0 if you wanted to route to the entire network, rather than just tothe Router.Subnet Mask. The Subnet Mask indicates which portion of an IP addressis the network portion and which portion is the host portion. If, for instance,you use a Subnet Mask of 255.255.255.0 with the example shown above forDestination LAN IP, then this would indicate that the first three numbers ofan network IP address identifies this particular network, while the lastnumber in the network address (from 1 to 254) would identify the specifichost.Gateway IP.  This IP address should be the IP address of the gatewaydevice that allows for contact between the Router and the remote networkor host.Hop Count. This value gives the number of nodes that a data packet pass-es through before reaching its destination.  A node is any deviceon the network, such as switches, PCs, etc.  Interface.  This interface tells you whether your network is on the internalLAN or the WAN, or the external Internet.  If you’re connecting to a sub-network, select LAN.  If you’re connecting to another network through theInternet, select WAN.    To delete a Static Routing entry, select an entry, and click the Delete this entrybutton.To clear any values you’ve entered on any page, click  the Cancel button.  Toapply any settings you’ve altered on any page, click the Apply button.If the Router is connected to more than one network, it may be necessary to setup a static route between them. This is set on the Static Routing tab, as shownin Figure 5-20. A static route is a pre-determined pathway that network infor-mation must travel to reach a specific host or network.  Click the  ShowRouting Table button to view the current static routing configuration.To create a static route entry:1.  Select Static Route Entry from the drop-down list. The Router supportsup to 20 static route entries. 48Advanced Tab: Static RoutingImportant: Static Routing is an Advanced Function. Nochanges should be made to this tab without a thorough under-standing of networking concepts.Figure 5-20Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch47
From the MACAddress Cloning tab,shown in Figure 5-22,you can assign theRouter a MACaddress, which is a 12-digit code assigned toa unique piece ofhardware for identifi-cation, like a socialsecurity number.Some ISPs requirethat you register theMAC address of yournetwork card/adapter, which was connected to your cable or DSL modem duringinstallation. Therefore, in order to connect the Router to your cable or DSLmodem in place of the PC (network card or adapter), you must change the RouterMAC to duplicate (or clone) your network card/adapter MAC.  You can find youradapter's MAC address by doing the following: •If you are running Windows 95, 98 or Millennium: Go to Start, Run, type in command, and press Enter.  At the DOS prompt,type winipcfg.•If you are running Windows NT 4.0 or 2000:         Go to Start, Run, type in command, and press Enter.  At the DOS prompt,type ipconfig /all.The Physical Address with 12 digits is your adapter’s MAC address.  Enterthose 12 digits into the MAC Address fields, and click Apply.  This “clones”your network adapter’s MAC address onto the Router, and prevents you fromhaving to call your ISP to change the registered MAC address to the adapter’sMAC address.Advanced Tab: MAC Address Cloning50Important: MAC Address Cloning is an AdvancedFunction. No changes should be made to this tab without athorough understanding of networking concepts.Figure 5-22The DMZ Hosting feature, accessed from the DMZ Host tab as shown inFigure 5-21, allows one local user to be exposed to the Internet for use of a spe-cial-purpose service such as Internet gaming and videoconferencing. Whereas Port Range Forwarding can only forward a maximum of ten portranges, DMZ hosting forwards all the ports at the same time to one PC. Before using this feature, the DHCP function on the PC whose port is beingexposed must be disabled and have a new static IP address assigned because itsIP address may change when using the DMZ function.To expose one PC, enter the computer’s IP address. To get the IP address of acomputer, refer to Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP Address forYour Ethernet Adapter.Deactivate DMZ by entering a zero in the field. When finished, click the Applybutton to save the settings. Otherwise, click theCancel button to undo changes made on this screen.Advanced Tab: DMZ Host49Important: DMZ Hosting is an Advanced Function. Nochanges should be made to this tab without a thorough under-standing of networking concepts.Figure 5-21Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
•Fragmentation Threshold.  This value indicates how much of the Router’sresources are devoted to recovering packet errors. The value should remainat its default setting of 2,346. If you have decreased this value and experi-ence high packet error rates, you can increase it again, but it will likelydecrease overall network performance. Only minor modifications of thisvalue are recommended.•DTIM Interval.  This value indicates the interval of the Delivery TrafficIndication Message (DTIM). A DTIM field is a countdown field informingclients of the next window for listening to broadcast and multicast mes-sages. When the Router has buffered broadcast or multicast messages forassociated clients, it sends the next DTIM with a DTIM Interval value.Clients for the Router hear the beacons and awaken to receive the broadcastand multicast messages.  •Basic Rates. The basic transfer rates should be set depending on the speedof your wireless network. You must select  1-2 (Mbps) if you have older802.11 compliant equipment on your network, such as wireless adaptersthat support only 1 or 2 Mbps. Selecting 1-2 (Mbps), however, does  notlimit the basic transfer rates of faster adapters.•TX Rates.Select all the supported rates at which an access point will com-municate with a client. •Preamble Type. The preamble defines the length of the CRC block forcommunication between the Router and the roaming Network Card. (Highnetwork traffic areas should use the shorter preamble type.) Select theappropriate preamble type and click the Apply button to set it.•Authentication Type. You may choose between  Open System,  SharedKey, and Both.  The Authentication Type default is set to Open System, inwhich the sender and the recipient do NOT share a secret key.  Each partygenerates its own key-pair and asks the receiver to accept the randomly-generated key.  Once accepted, this key is used for a short time only.  Thena new key is generated and agreed upon.  Shared Key is when both thesender and the recipient share a secret key.•Antenna Selection.  This selection is for choosing which antenna transmitsdata. By default, the Diversity Antenna selection, used to increase recep-tion, is chosen. 52Before making anychanges to theWireless tab, shownin Figure 5-23,please check thewireless settings forall your wirelessPCs, as thesechanges will alter theRouter’s effective-ness. In most cases,these settings do notneed to be changed.•Firmware Version.  This indicates the Router’s firmware version.•Beacon Interval.  This value indicates the frequency interval of the beacon.A beacon is a packet broadcast by the Router to keep the network synchro-nized. A beacon includes the wireless LAN service area, the IP address, theBroadcast destination addresses, a time stamp, Delivery Traffic IndicatorMaps, and the Traffic Indicator Message (TIM).•RTS Threshold.  This value should remain at its default setting of 2,346.Should you encounter inconsistent data flow, only minor modifications arerecommended.Advanced Tab: Wireless51Important: Wireless is an Advanced Function. No changesshould be made to this tab without a thorough understandingof networking concepts.Figure 5-23Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
Appendix A:TroubleshootingThis appendix consists of two parts: “Common Problems and Solutions” and“Frequently Asked Questions.” Provided are possible solutions to problemsregarding the installation and operation of the Router. If your situation is describedhere, the problem should be solved by applying the corresponding solution. If youcan’t find an answer here, check the Linksys website at www.linksys.com.1. I need to set a static IPaddress on a PC.The Router, by default, assigns an IP address range of 192.168.1.100 to192.168.1.150 using the DHCP server on the Router. To set a static IP address, youcan only use the ranges 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.99 and 192.168.1.151 to192.168.1.254. Each PC or network device that uses TCP/IP must have a uniqueaddress to identify itself in a network. If the IP address is not unique to a network,Windows will generate an IP conflict error message.  You can assign a static IPaddress to a PC by performing the following steps:For Windows 95, 98, and Me:A. Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double-click Network.B. In The following network components are installed box, select the  TCP/IP->associated with your Ethernet adapter. If you only have one Ethernet adapterinstalled, you will only see one TCP/IP line with no association to an Ethernetadapter.  Highlight it and click the Properties button.C. In the TCP/IP properties window, select the IP addresstab, and select Specifyan IP address. Enter a unique IP address that is not used by any other com-puter on the network connected to the Router. You can only use an IP addressin the ranges 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.99 and 192.168.1.151 to192.168.1.254.   Make sure that each IP address is unique for each PC or net-work device.D. Click the Gateway tab, and in the New Gateway prompt, enter 192.168.1.1,which is the default IP address of the Router. Click the Add button to acceptthe entry.E. Click the DNS tab, and make sure the DNS Enabled option is selected. Enterthe  Host and  Domain names (e.g., John for Host and home for Domain).Enter the  DNS entry provided by your ISP. If your ISP has not provided theDNS IP address, contact your ISP to get that information or go to its websitefor the information.F. Click the OK button in the TCP/IP properties window, and click Close or  theOK button for the Network window.G. Restart the computer when asked.53Common Problems and Solutions•Station MAC Filter. This option will allow you to prevent wireless userson your network from accessing the Router’s functions.Clicking the Active MAC Table  button will display the MAC Addresses ofall users on your wireless network. Addresses in green show access to theRouter, while addresses in red do not have access.To filter users, click the  Edit MAC Filter Setting button. The windowshown in Figure 5-24 will appear.Click the  Wireless MAC Entry drop-down menu to select a range ofentries for your network. From within this range, select the entry for whichyou’d like to manage access. Verify that the appropriate MAC Address isentered into the MAC Address field. Click the Filter checkbox beside thatMAC Address. Now, this user will be prevented from accessing the Router.All other users will have access. To allow only that user and deny access toall others, leave Filter unchecked.Click the  Apply button to set these changes or  Undo if you do not wishthese changes to go into effect.When finished with the Wireless Tab, click the Apply button to save the set-tings. Otherwise, click the Cancel button to undo changes made on this screen.Figure 5-23Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch54
For Windows XP:The following instructions assume you are running Windows XP with the defaultinterface. If you are using the Classic interface (where the icons and menus looklike previous Windows versions), please follow the instructions for Windows 2000.A. Click Start and Control Panel. B. Click the  Network and Internet Connections icon and then the NetworkConnections icon.C. Right-click the  Local Area Connection that is associated with the Ethernetadapter you are using, and select the  Properties option.D. In the This connection uses the following items box, highlight  InternetProtocol (TCP/IP). Click the  Properties button.E. Enter a unique IP address that is not used by any other computer on the net-work connected to the Router. You can only use an IP address in the ranges192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.99 and 192.168.1.151 to 192.168.1.254.   F. Enter the Subnet Mask, 255.255.255.0.G. Enter the Default Gateway, 192.168.1.1 (Router’s default IP address).H. Toward the bottom of the window, select  Use the following DNS serveraddresses, and enter the Preferred DNS server and Alternative DNS server(provided by your ISP). Contact your ISP or go on its website to find the infor-mation.I. Click the  OK button in the  Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties  window.Click the  OK button in the Local Area Connection Properties window.2. I want to test my Internet connection.A. Check your TCP/IP settings.For Windows 95, 98, and Me:Refer to your Ethernet adapter’s documentation for details. Make sure  ObtainIP address automatically is selected in the settings.For Windows 2000:• Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double-click Network and Dial-Up Connections.• Right-click the Local Area Connectionthat is associated with the Ethernetadapter you are using, and select the  Properties option. • In the  Components checked are used by this connection box, highlightInternet Protocol (TCP/IP), and click the  Properties button. Make surethat Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server addressautomatically are selected.55For Windows 2000:A. Click  Start,  Settings, and  Control Panel. Double-click  Network andDial-Up Connections.B. Right-click the Local Area Connectionthat is associated with the Ethernetadapter you are using, and select the Properties option.C. In the  Components checked are used by this connection box, highlightInternet Protocol (TCP/IP), and click the Properties button. Select Usethe following IP address option.D. Enter a unique IP address that is not used by any other computer on thenetwork connected to the Router. You can only use an IP address in theranges 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.99 and 192.168.1.151 to 192.168.1.254.   E. Enter the Subnet Mask, 255.255.255.0.F. Enter the Default Gateway, 192.168.1.1 (Router’s default IP address).G. Toward the bottom of the window, select  Use the following DNS serveraddresses, and enter the  Preferred DNS server and  Alternative DNSserver (provided by your ISP). Contact your ISP or go on its website to findthe information.H. Click the OK button in the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window,and click the OK button in the Local Area Connection Properties window.I. Restart the computer if asked.For Windows NT 4.0:A. Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double-click the Network icon.B. Click the Protocol tab, and double-click TCP/IP Protocol.C. When the window appears, make sure you have selected the correctAdapter for your Ethernet adapter.D. Select Specify an IP address, and enter a unique  IP address that is notused by any other computer on the network connected to the Router. Youcan only use an IP address in the ranges 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.99 and192.168.1.151 to 192.168.1.254.E. Enter the Subnet Mask, 255.255.255.0.F. Enter the Default Gateway, 192.168.1.1 (Router’s default IP address).G. Click the DNS tab, and enter the Host and Domain names (e.g., John forHost and home for Domain). Under DNS Service Search Order, click theAdd button.  Enter the DNS IP address in the DNS Server field, and clickthe Add button. Repeat this action for all DNS IP addresses given by yourISP.H. Click the  OK button in the TCP/IP Protocol Properties window, and clickthe Closebutton in the Network window.I. Restart the computer if asked.56Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
C. In the command prompt, type ping 192.168.1.1 and press the Enter key.  • If you get a reply, the computer is communicating with the Router.• If you do NOT get a reply, please check the cable, and make sure Obtainan IP address automatically is selected in the TCP/IP settings for yourEthernet adapter.  D. In the command prompt, type ping followed by your WAN IP address andpress the Enter key.  The WAN IP Address can be found in the web inter-face of the Router. For example, if your WAN IP address is 1.2.3.4, youwould enter ping 1.2.3.4 and press the Enter key.• If you get a reply, the computer is connected to the Router.• If you do NOT get a reply, try the ping command from a different com-puter to verify that your original computer is not the cause of the prob-lem.E. In the command prompt, type ping www.yahoo.com and press the Enterkey.  • If you get a reply, the computer is connected to the Internet. If you can-not open a webpage, try the ping command from a different computer toverify that your original computer is not the cause of the problem.• If you do NOT get a reply, there may be a problem with the connection.Try the ping command from a different computer to verify that your orig-inal computer is not the cause of the problem.3. I am not getting an IP address on the WAN with my Internet connection.A. Refer to “Problem #2, I want to test my Internet connection” to verify thatyou have connectivity.B. If you need to register the MAC address of your Ethernet adapter with yourISP, please see “Appendix F: Finding the MAC address and IP Address forYour Ethernet Adapter.” If you need to clone the MAC address of yourEthernet adapter onto the Router, see the MAC Address Clone section of“Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-based Utility” for details.C. Make sure you are using the right WAN settings. Contact your ISP to see ifyour WAN connection type is DHCP, Static IP Address, or PPPoE (com-monly used by DSL consumers).  Please refer to the Setup section of“Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-based Utility” for details on WAN set-tings.D. Make sure you have the right cable. Check to see if the WAN column has asolidly lit Link LED. E. Make sure the cable connecting from your cable or DSL modem is con-nected to the Router’s WAN port. Verify that the Status page of the Router’sweb interface shows a valid IP address from your ISP.57• Click the OK button in the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties win-dow, and click the  OK button in the Local Area Connection Propertieswindow.• Restart the computer if asked.For Windows XP:The following instructions assume you are running Windows XP with thedefault interface. If you are using the Classic interface (where the icons andmenus look like previous Windows versions), please follow the instructionsfor Windows 2000.• Click Start and Control Panel. • Click the Network and Internet Connections icon and then theNetwork Connections icon.• Right-click the  Local Area Connectionthat is associated with the Ethernet adapter you are using, and select theProperties option.• In the This connection uses the following items box, highlight  InternetProtocol (TCP/IP), and click the  Properties button.  Make sure thatObtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server addressautomatically are selected.• Click the OK button in the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties win-dow, and click the OK button in the Local Area Connection Propertieswindow.• Restart the computer if asked.For Windows NT 4.0:• Click  Start,  Settings, and  Control Panel. Double-click the  Networkicon.• Click the Protocol tab, and double-click on TCP/IP Protocol.• When the window appears, make sure you have selected the correctAdapter for your Ethernet adapter and set it for Obtain an IP addressfrom a DHCP server.• Click the  OK button in the  TCP/IP Protocol Properties window, andclick the Close button in the Network window.• Restart the computer if asked.B. Open a command prompt.• For Windows 95, 98, and Me, please click Start and Run. In the Openfield, type in command. Press the Enter key or click the OK button.• For  Windows NT, 2000,  and XP, please click Start and Run. In theOpen field, type cmd. Press the  Enter key or click the OK button.58Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
F. Turn off the computer, Router, and cable/DSL modem. Wait 30 seconds,and then turn on the Router, cable/DSL modem, and computer. Check theStatus tab of the Router’s web-based utility to see if you get an IP address. 4. I am not able to access the Router’s web interface Setup page.A. Refer to “Problem #2, I want to test my Internet connection” to verify thatyour computer is properly connected to the Router.B. Refer to “Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP address for YourEthernet Adapter” to verify that your computer has an IP Address, SubnetMask, Gateway, and DNS.C. Set a static IP address on your system; refer to “Problem #1: I need to set astatic IP address.”D. Refer to “Problem #10: I need to remove the proxy settings or the dial-uppop-up window (for PPPoE users).”5. I can’t get my Virtual Private Network (VPN) working through the Router.Access the Router’s web interface by going to http://192.168.1.1 or the  IPaddress of the Router, and go to the Advanced => Filter tab.  Make sure youhave IPsec pass-through and/or PPTP pass-through enabled.VPNs that use IPSec with the ESP (Encapsulation Security Payload known asprotocol 50) authentication will work fine. At least one IPSec session will workthrough the Router; however, simultaneous IPSec sessions  may be possible,depending on the specifics of your VPNs.VPNs that use IPSec and AH (Authentication Header known as protocol 51)are incompatible with the Router.  AH has limitations due to occasional incom-patibility with the NAT standard.  Change the IP address for the Router to another subnet to avoid a conflictbetween the VPN IP address and your local IP address. For example, if yourVPN server assigns an IP address 192.168.1.X (X is a number from 1 to 254)and your local LAN IP address is 192.168.1.X (X is the same number used inthe VPN IP address), the Router will have difficulties routing information tothe right location.  If you change the Router’s IP address to 192.168.2.1, thatshould solve the problem. Change the Router’s IP address through the Setup tabof the web interface.  If you assigned a static IP address to any computer or net-work device on the network, you need to change its IP address accordingly to192.168.2.Y (Y being any number from 1 to 254). Note that each IP addressmust be unique within the network.60Your VPN may require port 500/UDP packets to be passed to the computer thatis connecting to the IPSec server. Refer to “Problem #7, I need to set up onlinegame hosting or use other Internet applications” for details. Check the Linksys website for more information at www.linksys.com.6. I need to set up a server behind my Router.To use a server like a web, ftp, or mail server, you need to know the respectiveport numbers they are using.  For example, port 80 (HTTP) is used for web;port 21 (FTP) is used for FTP, and port 25 (SMTP outgoing) and port 110(POP3 incoming) are used for the mail server.  You can get more informationby viewing the documentation provided with the server you installed.   Followthese steps to set up port forwarding through the Router’s web-based utility. Wewill be setting up web, ftp, and mail servers.A. Access the Router’s web-based utility by going to http://192.168.1.1 or theIP address of the Router. Go to the Advanced => Forwarding tab.  B. Enter any name you want to use for the Customized Application.C. Enter the Ext. Port range of the service you are using. For example, if youhave a web server, you would enter the range 80 to 80.  D. Check the protocol you will be using, TCP and/or UDP. E. Enter the IP address of the PC or network device that you want the portserver to go to. For example, if the web server’s Ethernet adapter IP addressis 192.168.1.100, you would enter 100 in the field provided. Check“Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP Address for Your EthernetAdapter” for details on getting an IP address.F. Check the Enable option for the port services you want to use. Consider theexample below:Customized Ext. Port TCP UDP IP Address EnableApplicationWeb server 80 to 80 X  X192.168.1.100 XFTP server 21 to 21 X192.168.1.101 XSMTP (outgoing) 25 to 25 XX192.168.1.102 XPOP3 (incoming) 110 to 110 XX192.168.1.102 XWhen you have completed the configuration, click the  Apply button.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch59
7. I need to set up online game hosting or use other Internet applications.If you want to play online games or use Internet applications, most will workwithout doing any port forwarding or DMZ hosting.  There may be cases whenyou want to host an online game or Internet application.  This would requireyou to set up the Router to deliver incoming packets or data to a specific com-puter.  This also applies to the Internet applications you are using. The best wayto get the information on what port services to use is to go to the website of theonline game or application you want to use. Follow these steps to set up onlinegame hosting or use a certain Internet application:A. Access the Router’s web interface by going to http://192.168.1.1 or the IPaddressof the Router. Go to the Advanced => Forwarding tab.B. Enter any name you want to use for the Customized Application.C. Enter the Ext. Port range of the service you are using. For example, if youwant to host Unreal Tournament (UT), you would enter the range 7777 to27900.D. Check the protocol you will be using, TCP and/or UDP. E. Enter the  IP address of the PC or network device that you want the portserver to go to. For example, if the web server’s Ethernet adapter IP addressis 192.168.1.100, you would enter 100 in the field provided. Check“Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP Address for Your EthernetAdapter” for details on getting an IP address.F. Check the Enableoption for the port services you want to use. Consider theexample below:Customized Ext. Port TCP UDP IP Address EnableApplicationUT 7777 to 27900 XX192.168.1.100 X Halflife 27015 to 27015 XX192.168.1.105 XPC Anywhere 5631 to 5631 X192.168.1.102 XVPN IPSEC 500 to 500 X192.168.1.100 XWhen you have completed the configuration, click the Apply button.8. I can’t get the Internet game, server, or application to work.If you are having difficulties getting any Internet game, server, or applicationto function properly, consider exposing one PC to the Internet usingDeMilitarized Zone (DMZ) hosting. This option is available when an applica-tion requires too many ports or when you are not sure which port services touse. Make sure you disable all the forwarding entries if you want to success-fully use DMZ hosting, since forwarding has priority over DMZ hosting. (Inother words, data that enters the Router will be checked first by the forwardingsettings. If the port number that the data enters from does not have port for-warding, then the Router will send the data to whichever PC or network deviceyou set for DMZ hosting.)  Follow these steps to set DMZ hosting:A. Access the Router’s web-based utility by going to http://192.168.1.1 or theIP address of the Router. Go to the Advanced => Forwarding tab.B. Disable or remove the entries you have entered for forwarding.  Keep thisinformation in case you want to use it at a later time.C. Click the DMZ Host tab.D. Enter the Ethernet adapter’s IP address of the computer you want exposedto the Internet.  This will bypass the NAT firewall for that computer. Pleaserefer to “Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP Address for YourEthernet Adapter” for details on getting an IP address. Once completed with the configuration, click the Apply button.9. I forgot my password, or the password prompt always appears when saving set-tings to the Router.Reset the Router to factory default by pressing the Reset button for 30 secondsand then releasing it. If you are still getting prompted for a password when sav-ing settings, then perform the following steps:A. Access the Router’s web interface by going to http://192.168.1.1 or the  IPaddress of the Router. Enter the default password  admin, and click thePassword tab. B. Enter a  different password in the Router Password field, and enter thesame password in the second field to confirm the password.C. Click the Apply button.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch61 62
13. The firmware upgrade failed, and/or the Diag LED is flashing.The upgrade could have failed for a number of reasons.  Follow these steps toupgrade the firmware and/or make the Diag LED stop flashing:A. If the firmware upgrade failed, use the  TFTP program (it was downloadedalong with the firmware). Open the pdf that was downloaded along with thefirmware and TFTP program, and follow the pdf’s instructions.B. Set a static IP address on the PC; refer to “Problem #1, I need to set a stat-ic IP address.” Use the following IP address settings for the computer youare using:IP Address: 192.168.1.50Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0Gateway: 192.168.1.1C. Perform the upgrade using the TFTP program or the Router’s web-basedutility through its Help tab.14. My DSL service’s PPPoE is always disconnecting.PPPoE is not actually a dedicated or always-on connection.  The DSL ISP candisconnect the service after a period of inactivity, just like a normal phone dial-up connection to the Internet.  There is a setup option to “keep alive” the con-nection.  This may not always work, so you may need to re-establish connec-tion periodically.A. To connect to the Router, go to the web browser, and enterhttp://192.168.1.1 or the IP address of the Router.B. Enter the password, if asked. (The default password is admin.)C. In the Setup tab, select the option Keep Alive, and set the Redial Periodoption at 20 (seconds).D. Click the Apply button.E. Click the Status tab, and click the Connect button.F. You may see the login status display as Connecting. Press the  F5 key torefresh the screen, until you see the login status display as Connected.G. Click the Apply button to continue.If the connection is lost again, follow steps E to G to re-establish connection.10. I am a PPPoE user, and I need to remove the proxy settings or the dial-up pop-up window.If you have proxy settings, you need to disable these on your computer.Because the Router is the gateway for the Internet connection, the computerdoes not need any proxy settings to gain access.  Please follow these directionsto verify that you do not have any proxy settings and that the browser you useis set to connect directly to the LAN.For Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or higher:A. Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double-click Internet Options. B. Click the Connections tab.C. Click the LAN settingsbutton and remove anything that is checked.D. Click the OK button to go back to the previous screen.E. Click the option Never dial a connection.  This will remove any dial-uppop-ups for PPPoE users.For Netscape 4.7 or higher:A. Start Netscape Navigator, and click Edit, Preferences,  Advanced, andProxies.  B. Make sure you have  Direct connection to the Internet selected on thisscreen.C. Close all the windows to finish.11. To start over, I need to set the Router to factory default.Hold the Reset button for up to 30 seconds and then release it. This will returnthe password, forwarding, and other settings on the Router to the factorydefault settings. In other words, the Router will revert to its original factoryconfiguration.12. I need to upgrade the firmware.In order to upgrade the firmware with the latest features, you need to go to theLinksys website and download the latest firmware at www.linksys.com. Followthese steps:A. Go to the Linksys website at  http://www.linksys.com and download thelatest firmware.B. To upgrade the firmware, follow the steps in the Help section found in“Chapter 5: Using the Router’s Web-based Utility.”Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch63 64
17. The Diag LED stays lit continuously.• The Diag LED lights up when the device is first powered up. Meantime,the system will boot up itself and check for proper operation. After fin-ishing the checking procedure, the LED turns off to show that the systemis working fine. If the LED remains lit after this time, the device is notworking properly. Try to flash the firmware by assigning a static IPaddress to the computer, and then upgrade the firmware. Try using thefollowing settings, IP Address: 192.168.1.50 and Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0.18. When I enter a URL or IP address, I get a time-out error or am prompted to retry.• Check if other PCs work. If they do, ensure that your workstation’s IP set-tings are correct (IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, and DNS).Restart the computer that is having a problem.• If the PCs are configured correctly, but still not working, check theRouter. Ensure that it is connected and ON. Connect to it and check itssettings. (If you cannot connect to it, check the LAN and power connec-tions.)• If the Router is configured correctly, check your Internet connection(DSL/cable modem, etc.) to see if it is working correctly. You can removethe Router to verify a direct connection.• Manually configure the TCP/IP with a DNS address provided by yourISP.• Make sure that your browser is set to connect directly and that any dial-up is disabled. For Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options, andthen the Connection tab. Make sure that Internet Explorer is set to Neverdial a connection. For Netscape Navigator, click  Edit,  Preferences,Advanced, and  Proxy. Make sure that Netscape Navigator is set toDirect connection to the Internet.19. The Full/Col LED keeps flickering continuously.• Check the Category 5 Ethernet cable and its RJ-45 connectors.• There may be interference with other network devices. Try removingother PCs or network devices to see if the problem persists. Eliminateeach network device one at a time to determine the cause.15. I can't access my email, web, or VPN, or I am getting corrupted data from theInternet.The Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) setting may need to be adjusted. Bydefault, the MTU is set at 1500.  For most DSL users, it is strongly recom-mended to use MTU 1492.  If you are having some difficulties, perform the fol-lowing steps:A. To connect to the Router, go to the web browser, and enterhttp://192.168.1.1 or the IP address of the Router.B. Enter the password, if asked. (The default password is admin.)C. Click the Advanced => Filter tab.D. Look for the MTU option, and select Enable. In the Size field, enter 1492.  E. Click the Apply button to continue.If your difficulties continue, change the Size to different values. Try this list ofvalues, one value at a time, in this order, until your problem is solved:146214001362130016. I need to use port triggering.Port triggering looks at the outgoing port services used and will trigger theRouter to open a specific port, depending on which port an Internet applicationuses.  Follow these steps:A. To connect to the Router, go to the web browser, and enterhttp://192.168.1.1 or the IP address of the Router.B. Enter the password, if asked. (The default password is admin.)C. Click the Advanced => Forwarding tab, and click the Port Trigger button.D. Enter any name you want to use for the Application Name.E. Enter the  Triggered Port Range. Check with your Internet applicationprovider for more information on which outgoing port services it is using.F. Enter the  Incoming Port Range. Check with your Internet Applicationprovider for more information on which incoming port services arerequired by the Internet application.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch65 66
What is the maximum number of IP addresses that the Router will support? TheRouter will support up to 253 IP addresses.Is IPSec Pass-Through supported by the Router? Yes, it is a built-in feature thatthe Router automatically enables.Where is the Router installed on the network?  In a typical environment, theRouter is installed between the cable/DSL modem and the LAN.  Plug theRouter into the cable/DSL modem’s Ethernet port.Does the Router support IPX or AppleTalk? No. TCP/IP is the only protocol stan-dard for the Internet and has become the global standard for communications.IPX, a NetWare communications protocol used only to route messages fromone node to another, and AppleTalk, a communications protocol used onApple and Macintosh networks, can be used for LAN to LAN connections,but those protocols cannot connect from WAN to LAN.Does the WAN connection of the Router support 100 Mbps Ethernet? Because ofthe speed limitations of broadband Internet connections, the Router’s currenthardware design supports 10 Mbps Ethernet on its WAN port. It does, ofcourse, support 100 Mbps over the auto-sensing Fast Ethernet 10/100 switchon the LAN side of the Router. What is Network Address Translation and what is it used for? Network AddressTranslation (NAT) translates multiple IP addresses on the private LAN to onepublic address that is sent out to the Internet. This adds a level of securitysince the address of a PC connected to the private LAN is never transmittedon the Internet. Furthermore, NAT allows the Router to be used with low costInternet accounts, such as DSL or cable modems, when only one TCP/IPaddress is provided by the ISP. The user may have many private addressesbehind this single address provided by the ISP.Does the Router support any operating system other than Windows 95, Windows98, Windows 2000, Windows NT, or Windows XP? Yes, but Linksys does not, atthis time, provide technical support for setup, configuration or troubleshoot-ing of any non-Windows operating systems.Frequently Asked Questions Does the Router support ICQ send file? Yes, with the following fix: click ICQ menu -> preference -> connections tab->, and check I am behind a fire-wall or proxy. Then set the firewall time-out to 80 seconds in the firewall set-ting. The Internet user can then send a file to a user behind the Router.I set up an Unreal Tournament Server, but others on the LAN cannot join. What doI need to do?  If you have a dedicated Unreal Tournament server running, youneed to create a static IP for each of the LAN computers and forward ports7777, 7778, 7779, 7780, 7781, and 27900 to the IP address of the server. Youcan also use a port forwarding range of 7777 ~ 27900. If you want to use theUT Server Admin, forward another port (8080 usually works well but is usedfor remote admin. You may have to disable this.), and then in the[UWeb.WebServer] section of the server.ini file, set the ListenPort to 8080 (tomatch the mapped port above) and ServerName to the IP assigned to theRouter from your ISP.Can multiple gamers on the LAN get on one game server and play simultaneouslywith just one public IP address? It depends on which network game or whatkind of game server you are using.  For example, Unreal Tournament supportsmulti-login with one public IP.How do I get Half-Life: Team Fortress to work with the Router? The default clientport for Half-Life is 27005.  The computers on your LAN need to have“+clientport 2700x” added to the HL shortcut command line; the x would be6, 7, 8, and on up. This lets multiple computers connect to the same server.One problem: Version 1.0.1.6 won’t let multiple computers with the same CDkey connect at the same time, even if on the same LAN (not a problem with1.0.1.3).  As far as hosting games, the HL server does not need to be in theDMZ. Just forward port 27015 to the local IP address of the server comput-er. How can I block corrupted FTP downloads?  If you are experiencing corruptedfiles when you download a file with your FTP client, try using another FTPprogram.The web page hangs; downloads are corrupt, or nothing but junk characters arebeing displayed on the screen. What do I need to do? Force your Ethernetadapter to 10Mbps or half duplex mode, and turn off the “Auto-negotiate”feature of your Ethernet adapter as a temporary measure. (Please look at theNetwork Control Panel in your Ethernet adapter’s Advanced Properties tab.)Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch67 68
Make sure that your proxy setting is disabled in the browser. Check our web-site at www.linksys.com for more information.If all else fails in the installation, what can I do? Reset the Router by holdingdown the reset button until the Diag LED fully turns on and off. Reset yourcable or DSL modem by powering the unit off and then on.  Obtain and flashthe latest firmware release that is readily available on the Linksys website,www.linksys.com.How will I be notified of new Router firmware upgrades? All Linksys firmwareupgrades are posted on the Linksys website at www.linksys.com, where theycan be downloaded for free.  The Router’s firmware can be upgraded withTFTP programs. If the Router’s Internet connection is working well, there isno need to download a newer firmware version, unless that version containsnew features that you would like to use.  Downloading a more current versionof Router firmware will not enhance the quality or speed of your Internet con-nection, and may disrupt your current connection stability.Will the Router function in a Macintosh environment?  Yes, but the Router’s setuppages are accessible only through Internet Explorer 4.0 or NetscapeNavigator 4.0 or higher for Macintosh.I am not able to get the web configuration screen for the Router.  What can I do?You may have to remove the proxy settings on your Internet browser, e.g.,Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer.  Or remove the dial-up settings onyour browser.  Check with your browser documentation, and make sure thatyour browser is set to connect directly and that any dial-up is disabled. Makesure that your browser is set to connect directly and that any dial-up is dis -abled. For Internet Explorer, click  Tools ,  Internet Options, and then theConnection tab. Make sure that Internet Explorer is set to Never dial a con-nection. For Netscape Navigator, click  Edit,  Preferences, Advanced, andProxy. Make sure that Netscape Navigator is set to Direct connection to theInternet.What is DMZ Hosting? Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) allows one IP address (com-puter) to be exposed to the Internet.  Some applications require multipleTCP/IP ports to be open.  It is recommended that you set your computer witha static IP if you want to use DMZ Hosting. To get the LAN IP address, see“Appendix D: Finding the MAC Address and IP Address for Your EthernetAdapter.”If DMZ Hosting is used, does the exposed user share the public IP with the Router?No.Does the Router pass PPTP packets or actively route PPTP sessions?  The Routerallows PPTP packets to pass through.Is the Router cross-platform compatible?  Any platform that supports Ethernetand TCP/IP is compatible with the Router.How many ports can be simultaneously forwarded? Theoretically, the Router canestablish 520 sessions at the same time, but you can only forward 10 rangesof ports.Does the Router replace a modem?  Is there a cable or DSL modem in the Router?No, this version of the Router must work in conjunction with a cable or DSLmodem.Which modems are compatible with the Router?  The Router is compatible withvirtually any cable or DSL modem that supports Ethernet.What are the advanced features of the Router? The Router’s advanced featuresinclude IP Filtering, Port Range Forwarding, Dynamic Routing, StaticRouting, DMZ hosting, and MAC Address Cloning.What is the maximum number of VPN sessions allowed by the Router?The maximum number depends on many factors. At least one IPSec sessionwill work through the Router; however, simultaneous IPSec sessions may bepossible, depending on the specifics of your VPNs. How big is the memory buffer on the Router? 1MB buffer and 512KB flash.How can I check whether I have static or DHCP IP Addresses? Consult your ISPto obtain this information.  How do I get mIRC to work with the Router? Under the Port Range Forwardingtab, set port forwarding to 113 for the PC on which you are using mIRC.Can the Router act as my DHCP Server? Yes.  The Router has DHCP Server soft-ware built-in.Can I run an application from a remote computer over the wireless network?  Thiswill depend on whether or not the application is designed to be used over aInstant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch69 70
network. Consult the application’s documentation to determine if it supportsoperation over a network.What is the IEEE 802.11b standard?  The IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN standardssubcommittee formulates the standard for the industry. The objective is toenable wireless LAN hardware from different manufacturers to communicate. What IEEE 802.11 features are supported? The product supports the followingIEEE 802.11 functions: •  CSMA/CA plus Acknowledge protocol •  Multi-Channel Roaming•  Automatic Rate Selection •  RTS/CTS feature •  Fragmentation •  Power Management What is BSS ID? A specific Ad-hoc LAN is called a Basic Service Set (BSS).Computers in a BSS must be configured with the same BSS ID.What is SSID? An Infrastructure configuration could also support roamingcapability for mobile workers. More than one BSS can be configured as anExtended Service Set (ESS). Users within an ESS could roam freely betweenBSSs while maintaining a continuous connection to the wireless network sta-tions and Access Points.What is ISM band? The FCC and their counterparts outside of the U.S. have setaside bandwidth for unlicensed use in the ISM (Industrial, Scientific andMedical) band. This presents a truly revolutionary opportunity to place con-venient high speed wireless capabilities in the hands of users around theglobe. What is Spread Spectrum? Spread Spectrum technology is a wideband radiofrequency technique developed by the military for use in reliable, secure, mis -sion-critical communications systems. It is designed to trade off bandwidthefficiency for reliability, integrity, and security. In other words, more band-width is consumed than in the case of narrowband transmission, but the trade-off produces a signal that is, in effect, louder and thus easier to detect, pro-vided that the receiver knows the parameters of the spread-spectrum signalbeing broadcast. If a receiver is not tuned to the right frequency, a spread-spectrum signal looks like background noise. There are two main alternatives,Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) and Frequency Hopping SpreadSpectrum (FHSS).What is DSSS? What is FHSS? And what are their differences?  FrequencyHopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) uses a narrowband carrier that changesfrequency in a pattern that is known to both transmitter and receiver. Properlysynchronized, the net effect is to maintain a single logical channel. To anunintended receiver, FHSS appears to be short-duration impulse noise. DirectSequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) generates a redundant bit pattern for eachbit to be transmitted. This bit pattern is called a chip (or chipping code). Thelonger the chip, the greater the probability that the original data can be recov-ered. Even if one or more bits in the chip are damaged during transmission,statistical techniques embedded in the radio can recover the original datawithout the need for retransmission. To an unintended receiver, DSSS appearsas low power wideband noise and is rejected (ignored) by most narrowbandreceivers. Would the information be intercepted while transmitting on air?  WLAN featurestwo-fold protection in security. On the hardware side, as with DirectSequence Spread Spectrum technology, it has the inherent security feature ofscrambling. On the software side, the WLAN series offers the encryptionfunction (WEP) to enhance security and access control. Users can set it updepending upon their needs.What is WEP?  WEP is Wired Equivalent Privacy, a data privacy mechanismbased on a 40/64 bit shared key algorithm, as described in the IEEE 802.11standard. What is a MAC Address?  The Media Access Control (MAC) address is a uniquenumber assigned by the manufacturer to any Ethernet networking device,such as a network adapter, that allows the network to identify it at the hard-ware level.  For all practical purposes, this number is usually permanent.Unlike IP addresses, which can change every time a computer logs on to thenetwork, the MAC address of a device stays the same, making it a valuableidentifier for the network.If your questions are not addressed here, refer to the Linksys website,www.linksys.com.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch71 72
3.  At the DOS command prompt, type “ping mail” (assuming that the loca-tion for which you’re trying to find an IP address is configured as “mail”).Press Enter. Information such as the following data, taken from a ping ofMicrosoft Network’s e-mail server, will be displayed.4.  Write down the IP address returned by the ping command. (In theexample above: 24.53.32.4.) This IP address is the actual IP address of theserver “mail,” or any other word or value you have pinged.Step Two: Pinging for a Web AddressWhile the IP address returned above would work as your e-mail server address,it may not be permanent. IP addresses change all the time. Web addresses, how-ever, usually don’t. Because of this, you’re likely to have fewer problems byconfiguring your system with web addresses rather than IP addresses. Followthe instructions below to find the web address assigned to the IP address youjust pinged.1. At the DOS command prompt, type “ping -a 24.53.32.4,” where24.53.32.4 is the IP address you just pinged. Information such as the fol-lowing data will be displayed.C:\>ping mailPinging mail [24.53.32.4] with 32 bytes of data:Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=128Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=128Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=128Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=128Ping statistics for 24.53.32.4:Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0%loss),Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds:Minimum = 0ms, Maximum =  0ms, Average =  0ms74Appendix B: How to Ping Your ISP’sE-mail and Web AddressesVirtually all Internet addresses are configured with words or characters (i.e.,www.linksys.com, www.yahoo.com, etc.) In actuality, however, these Internetaddresses are assigned to IP addresses, which are the true addresses on theInternet. For example, www.linksys.com is actually 216.23.162.142. Enteringthat into your web browser will bring up at the Linksys home page every time.IP and web addresses, however, can sometimes be long and hard to remember.Because of this, certain ISPs will shorten their server addresses to single wordsor codes on their users’ web browser or e-mail configurations. If your ISP’s e-mail and web server addresses are configured with single words (“www,” “e-mail,” “home,” “pop3,” etc.) rather than whole Internet Addresses or IPAddresses, the Router may have problems sending or receiving mail andaccessing the Internet. This happens because the Router has not been config-ured by your ISP to accept their abbreviated server addresses.The solution is to determine the true web addresses behind your ISP’s codewords. You can determine the IP and web addresses of your ISP’s servers by“pinging” them.Step One: Pinging an IP AddressThe first step to determining your ISP’s web and e-mail server address is toping its IP address.1.  Power on the computer and the cable or DSL modem, and restore thenetwork configuration set by your ISP if you have since changed it.2.  Click Start, then Run, and type “command.” This will bring up the DOSwindow.73Note: If you don’t have your ISP’s web and e-mail IP addresses, you musteither get them from your ISP or follow these steps prior to connecting theRouter to your network.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
Appendix C: Configuring WirelessSecurityAn acronym for Wired Equivalent Privacy, WEP is an encryption method usedto protect your wireless data communications.  WEP uses a combination of 64-bit or 128-bit keys to provide access control to your network and encryptionsecurity for every data transmission.  To decode a data transmission, each pointin a network must use an identical 64-bit or 128-bit key.  Higher encryption lev-els mean higher levels of security, but due to the complexity of the encryption,they may mean decreased network performance.You may also have heard the term “40-bit” used in conjunction with WEPencryption.  This is simply another term for 64-bit WEP encryption.  This levelof WEP encryption has been called 40-bit because it uses a 40-bit secret keyalong with a 24-bit Initialization Vector (40 + 24 = 64).  Wireless vendors mayuse either name.  Linksys uses the term “64-bit” when referring to this level ofencryption.Make sure your wireless network is functioning before attempting to configureWEP encryption.A 128-bit WEP encrypted wireless network will NOT communicate with a 64-bit WEP encrypted wireless network.  Therefore, make sure that all of yourwireless devices are using the same encryption level.  All wireless devices com-plying with the 802.11b standard will support 64-bit WEP.In addition to enabling WEP, Linksys also recommends the following securityimplementations:•Changing the SSID from the default “linksys”•Changing the WEP key regularlyNote:  WEP encryption is an additional data securi-ty measure and not essential for router operation.  Note: In order for WEP Encryption to be enabled, wireless functions mustfirst be enabled.  Select Enable under the Wireless section before proceeding.  2.  Write down the web address returned by the ping command (in theexample above: mail.msnv3.occa.home.com.). This web address is the webaddress assigned to the IP address you just pinged. While the IP address of“mail” could conceivably change, it is likely that this web address will not.3. Replace your ISP’s abbreviated server address with this extended webaddress in the corresponding Internet application (web browser, e-mailapplication, etc.).Once you have replaced the brief server address with the true server address,the Router should have no problem accessing the Internet through that Internetapplication.C:\>ping -a 24.53.32.4Pinging mail.msnv3.occa.home.com [24.53.32.4] with32 bytes of data:Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=127Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=127Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=127Reply from 24.53.32.4: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=127Ping statistics for 24.53.32.4:Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0%loss),Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds:Minimum = 0ms, Maximum =  0ms, Average =  0ms75Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch76
•WEP (64Bit or 128B) Select the level of encryption from the drop-downbox.  128-bit WEP encryption is unique to Linksys and may conflict withother vendors’ WEP encryption.The WEP Encryption key is generated in one of two ways:1. You may create an encryption key by using a Passphrase.a. Enter a Passphrase, a user-defined password, into the Passphrase field.The Passphrase can be a maximum of 31 letters, symbols, and numbers.No spaces can be used.b. Click the Generate button to create a key. The key will be 10 digits ifyou chose 64-bit encryption, or 26 digits if you chose 128-bit encryption.This key will be used to encrypt and decrypt the data being sent betweenthe Router and your network’s wireless PCs.The Key field may not display all digits.  Using the mouse, click any-where within the Key field.  Move the cursor to the right to view the restof the Key.  Make sure your write down the entire Key EXACTLY theway it is displayed. 2. You may enter the encryption key manually.Make a note of the Passphrase or Manual Key.  You will need it for the otherwireless devices on the network, as the same WEP encryption key must beentered in all wireless devices on the network.Once you have chosen your key encryption method and entered either thePassphrase or manual key, click the Apply button, and the encryption portionof the setup is complete.Note:  In order to utilize WEP encryption, all points in your wirelessnetwork must have WEP enabled and be set to the same Key Setting.Note: In Windows XP, a 128-bit Key generated by the Routerwill be called a "104 bits (26 digits)" key, and a 64-bit Key gen-erated by the Router will be called a “40 bits (10 digits)” key.The following steps will show you how to utilize WEP encryption1. From the Web-based Utility’s Setup tab, select Mandatory under the WEPsection.2. Press the  WEP Key Setting button to set the WEP Encryption type andlevel.3. The screen dis-played in FigureC-1 may appear,verifying that youare enabling WEPEncryption.  Pressthe  OK button tocontinue.4. This will display the screen shown in Figure C-2. From this screen, you willchoose your WEP Encryption settings.Figure C-2Figure C-1Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch77 78
2. In the “Control Panel” window, click the Network and InternetConnections icon, shown in Figure C-4.3. Click the Network Connections icon, shown in Figure C-5.4. The “Network Connections” window will appear, as shown in Figure C-6.Under LAN or High-Speed Internet you will see all Network cards that areinstalled and operating in your computer. Double-click the WirelessNetwork Connection icon associated with your wireless adapter.If the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window appears, continue tothe next stepFigure C-4Figure C-5As Windows XP does not allow for the use of the Linksys Passphrase featurewith the wireless PC adapters, you will need to manually enter the key gener-ated in the previous section.  The following steps will help you enable WEP and enter the encryption keymanually for your wireless PC cards, in order to enable your Windows XP sys-tem to communicate with the Router wirelessly.These steps assume that your CD-ROM drive is letter D and that you are run-ning Windows XP in the default mode.Be sure you have the WEP Key generated by the Router.1.  As shown in Figure C-3, click the Startbutton and go to the Control Panel.Figure C-3Configuring Wireless Security in Windows XPInstant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch79 80
6. When the “WirelessNetwork ConnectionProperties” windowappears, as in Figure C-8, click the WirelessNetworks Tab.7. If the appropriate wire-less network, specifiedby the Router’s SSID, isdisplayed in the“Preferred networks”section, as shown inFigure C-9, double-click it and continue tothe next step.Otherwise, click on theappropriate wirelessnetwork, specified bythe Router’s SSID, inthe “Available net-works” section. Then,click the ConfigurebuttonFigure C-8Figure C-9If a “Connect to Wireless Network” window appears, in the AvailableNetworks section, click the desired wireless network, specified by theRouter’s SSID. Then, double-click the Wireless Network Connection icon.5. When the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window appears, as inFigure C-7, click the Properties button.Figure C-6Figure C-7Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch81 82
Appendix D: Finding the MACAddress and IPAddress for YourEthernet AdapterThis section describes how to find the MAC address for your Ethernet adapterto do either MAC Filtering or MAC Address Cloning for the Router and ISP.You can also find the IP address of your computer’s Ethernet adapter.  The IPaddress is used for filtering, forwarding, and DMZ.  Follow these steps to findthe MAC address or IP address for your adapter in Windows 95, 98, ME, NT,2000, and XP. For Windows 95, 98, and ME:1.  Click on Start and  Run. In the Open field, enter  winipcfg, as shown inFigure D-1. Then press the Enter key or the OK button.2.  When the IP Configuration window appears, as shown in Figure D-2, selectthe Ethernet adapter you are using to connect to the Router via a CAT 5Ethernet cable.Figure D-1Figure D-28. The “Wireless Network Properties” window (shown in Figure C-10) willappear.Click the check box for the Data encryption (WEP enabled) option.Remove the check from the  Network Authentication (Shared mode) andThe key is provided for me automatically fields. In the "Network key" field, enter the exact Key (all 10 or 26 digits, depend-ing on the level of encryption) generated by the Router.Verify that the “Key format” field displays “Hexadecimal digits” and thatthe “Key length” field displays either “40 bits (10 digits)” or “104 bits (26digits)”. If this is not displayed, you have entered the key incorrectly.Click the OK button to save the settings.  Click on OK buttons until youget back to the “Wireless Network Connection Status” window.  Close anyopen windows to get back to the Windows XP desktop.Close any applications and reboot your PC.  After reboot, WEP configurationis complete and you should be able to connect wirelessly to the Router.Figure C-10Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch83 84
2.  In the command prompt, enter ipconfig /all. Then press the Enter key.3.  Write down the Physical Address as shown on your computer screen; it isthe MAC address for your Ethernet adapter.  This will appear as a series ofletters and numbers. The MAC address/Physical Address is what you will use for MAC AddressCloning or MAC Filtering. The example in Figure D-5 shows the IP address of your Ethernet adapteras 192.168.1.100. Your computer may show something different.  Figure D-5Note:The MAC address is also called the PhysicalAddress.3.  Write down the Adapter Address as shown on your computer screen (seeFigure D-3).  This is the MAC address for your Ethernet adapter and willbe shown as a series of numbers and letters.  The MAC address/Adapter Address is what you will use for MAC AddressCloning or MAC Filtering. The example in Figure F-3 shows the IP address of your Ethernet adapteras 192.168.1.100. Your computer may show something different.  For Windows NT, 2000, and XP:The following steps show an alternative way of obtaining the MAC address andIP address for your Ethernet adapter.1.  Click on Start and Run. In the Open field, enter cmd, as shown in FigureD-4. Press the Enter key or click the OK button.Figure D-3Figure D-4Note:The MAC address is also called the AdapterAddress.Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch85 86
When entering the information using the Router’s web-based utility, you willtype the 12-digit MAC address in this format, XXXXXXXXXXXX  withoutthe hyphensfor MAC Filtering. See Figure D-6.When entering information for MAC Address Cloning, type the 12-digit MACaddress (see Figure D-7). Figure D-6Figure D-7Instant WirelessTM Series87Appendix E: Setting Up AOL®Broadband Cable & DSLThis document provides instructions for setting up the Router using firmwareversion 1.43 or above to work with AOL Broadband via a Cable or DSL con-nection.   This Router's AOL Parental Controls feature is available for AOL cus-tomers in the US only.  Please follow the instructions in the appropriate sectionbelow to configure for AOL Broadband for the type of broadband connectionyou have.1. Open your web browser. Enterhttp://192.168.1.1 in the webbrowser’s Address field, as shown inFigure E-1, and press the Enter key.2. A password request page, shown in Figure E-2 will appear. (Windows XPusers will see a Connect to 192.168.1.1 window slightly different from thatshown). Leave the User Name field blank, and enter admin in the Passwordfield.  Then click the OK button. RoAOL Broadband via CableFigure E-1Figure E-2Note: Some of the screens in this section may lookslightly different than what appears on your screen.Note: You must install AOL 7.0 or above to all computersusing AOL Services.  Those with earlier versions of AOLcan find details at AOL Keyword: Linksys Setup.88Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
3. From the Setupscreen that appears,shown in Figure E-3,select Obtain an IPautomatically fromthe WAN ConnectionType drop-downmenu. Then, click theSecurity tab.4. Select  Enable forAOL ParentalControls from theSecurity tab, shownin Figure E-4, andclick the OK buttonon the screen thatappears.  Enablingthis will disable alloptions under theAdvanced tabexcept MACAddress cloning.Then, click the  OKbutton to save thesesettings. Click the Xbutton on the topright side of the win-dow to close it.Figure E-3Figure E-4Note:  AOL Parental Controls are availableto AOL customers in the Unites States Only.1. Open your web browser. Enterhttp://192.168.1.1 in the webbrowser’s Address field, as shown inFigure E-5, and press the Enter key.2. A password request page, shown inFigure E-6 will appear. (Windows XPusers will see a Connect to192.168.1.1 window slightly differentfrom that shown). Leave the UserName field blank, and enter admin inthe Password field.  Then click theOK button.3. From the  Setup screen that appears, shown in Figure E-7, select PPPoEfrom the WAN Connection Type drop-down menu. Enter  america onlinefor the User Name. In the password field, multiple asterisks will appear.Keep these settings and click the Apply button to save them. Click the  Xbutton on the top right side of the window to close it.AOL Broadband via DSLFigure E-5Figure E-6Figure E-789 90Instant WirelessTM Series Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch
Bit - A binary digit. The value - 0 or 1-used in the binary numbering system.Also, the smallest form of data.Boot - To cause the computer to start executing instructions. Personal comput-ers contain built-in instructions in a ROM chip that are automatically executedon startup. These instructions search for the operating system, load it and passcontrol to it. Broadband - A data-transmission scheme in which multiple signals share thebandwidth of a medium. This allows the transmission of voice, data and videosignals over a single medium. Cable television uses broadband techniques todeliver dozens of channels over one cable.Browser - A browser is an application program that provides a way to look atand interact with all the information on the World Wide Web or PC. The word"browser" seems to have originated prior to the Web as a generic term for userinterfaces that let you browse text files online. BSS (Basic  Service  Set) - An infrastructure network connecting wirelessdevices to a wired network using a single access point.Buffer - A buffer is a shared or assigned memory area used by hardwaredevices or program processes that operate at different speeds or with differentsets of priorities. The buffer allows each device or process to operate withoutbeing held up by the other. In order for a buffer to be effective, the size of thebuffer and the algorithms for moving data into and out of the buffer need to beconsidered by the buffer designer. Like a cache, a buffer is a "midpoint holdingplace" but exists not so much to accelerate the speed of an activity as to sup-port the coordination of separate activities. Cable Modem - A device that connects a computer to the cable television net-work, which in turn connects to the Internet. Once connected, cable modemusers have a continuous connection to the Internet. Cable modems featureasymmetric transfer rates: around 36 Mbps downstream (from the Internet tothe computer), and from 200 Kbps to 2 Mbps upstream (from the computer tothe Internet).CAT 5- ANSI/EIA (American National Standards Institute/ElectronicIndustries Association) Standard 568 is one of several standards that specify"categories" (the singular is commonly referred to as "CAT") of twisted pair91Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchAppendix F: Glossary10BaseT - An Ethernet standard that uses twisted wire pairs.100BaseTX - IEEE physical layer specification for 100 Mbps over two pairs ofCategory 5 wire.Adapter - Printed circuit board that plugs into a PC to add to capabilities orconnectivity to a PC. In a networked environment, a network interface card isthe typical adapter that allows the PC or server to connect to the intranet and/orInternet.Ad-hoc Network - An ad-hoc network is a group of computers, each with awireless adapter, connected as an independent 802.11 wireless LAN.  Ad-hocwireless computers operate on a peer-to-peer basis, communicating directlywith each other without the use of an access point.  Ad-hoc mode is alsoreferred to as an Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) or as peer-to-peermode.AppleTalk - An Apple Computer networking system that support Apple's pro-prietary local talk.Auto-negotiate - To automatically determine the correct settings. The term isoften used with communications and networking. For example, Ethernet10/100 cards, hubs and switches can determine the highest speed of the nodethey are connected to and adjust their transmission rate accordingly.Backbone - The part of a network that connects most of the systems and net-works together and handles the most data.Bandwidth - The transmission capacity of a given facility, in terms of howmuch data the facility can transmit in a fixed amount of time; expressed in bitsper second (bps).Beacon Interval -  A beacon is a packet broadcast by the Access Point to keepthe network synchronized. A beacon includes the wireless LAN service area,the AP address, the Broadcast destination addresses, a time stamp, DeliveryTraffic Indicator Maps, and the Traffic Indicator Message (TIM).92Instant WirelessTM Series
cially useful in education and other environments where users change fre-quently. Using very short leases, DHCP can dynamically reconfigure networksin which there are more computers than there are available IP addresses. DHCP supports static addresses for computers containing Web servers thatneed a permanent IP address. DMZ (Demilitarized  Zone) - Allows one IP address (or computer) to beexposed to the Internet.  Some applications require multiple TCP/IP ports to beopen.  It is recommended that you set your computer with a static IP address ifyou want to use DMZ Hosting.DNS - The domain name system (DNS) is the way that Internet domain nameare located and translated into Internet Protocol (IP) addresses. A domain nameis a meaningful and easy-to-remember "handle" for an Internet address. Domain - A subnetwork comprised of a group of clients and servers under thecontrol of one security database. Dividing LANs into domains improves per-formance and security.Download - To receive a file transmitted over a network. In a communicationssession, download means receive, upload means transmit. DSL (Digital  Subscriber Line) - A technology that dramatically increases thedigital capacity of ordinary telephone lines into the home or office and, byemploying unused bandwidth, still allows for normal phone usage. DSL pro-vides "always-on" operation, eliminating the need to dial in to the service.DSSS (Direct-Sequence Spread  Spectrum) - DSSS generates a redundant bitpattern for all data transmitted. This bit pattern is called a chip (or chippingcode).  Even if one or more bits in the chip are damaged during transmission,statistical techniques embedded in the receiver can recover the original datawithout the need for retransmission. To an unintended receiver, DSSS appearsas low power wideband noise and is rejected (ignored) by most narrowbandreceivers.  However, to an intended receiver (i.e. another wireless LAN end-point), the DSSS signal is recognized as the only valid signal, and interferenceis inherently rejected (ignored).DTIM (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) - A DTIM field is a countdownfield informing clients of the next window for listening to broadcast and mul-ticast messages. When the AP has buffered broadcast or multicast messages for93Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switchcabling systems (wires, junctions, and connectors) in terms of the data ratesthat they can sustain. CAT 5 cable has a maximum throughput of 100 Mbps andis usually utilized for 100BaseTX networks.CAT 5e - The additional cabling performance parameters of return loss and far-end crosstalk (FEXT) specified for 1000BASE-T and not specified for10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX are related to differences in the signaling imple-mentation. 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX signaling is unidirectional-signalsare transmitted in one direction on a single wire pair. In contrast, GigabitEthernet is bi-directional-signals are transmitted simultaneously in both direc-tions on the same wire pair; that is, both the transmit and receive pair occupythe same wire pair.CSMA/CA (Carrier  Sense  Multiple  Access/Collision Avoidance) - In localarea networking, this is the CSMA technique that combines slotted time-divi-sion multiplexing with carrier sense multiple access/collision detection(CSMA/CD) to avoid having collisions occur a second time. This works best ifthe time allocated is short compared to packet length and if the number of sit-uations is small.Data Packet - One frame in a packet-switched message. Most data communi-cations is based on dividing the transmitted message into packets. For example,an Ethernet packet can be from 64 to 1518 bytes in length.Default Gateway - The routing device used to forward all traffic that is notaddressed to a station within the local subnet.DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) - A protocol that lets networkadministrators manage centrally and automate the assignment of InternetProtocol (IP) addresses in an organization's network. Using the Internet's set ofprotocol (TCP/IP), each machine that can connect to the Internet needs aunique IP address. When an organization sets up its computer users with a con-nection to the Internet, an IP address must be assigned to each machine.Without DHCP, the IP address must be entered manually at each computer and,if computers move to another location in another part of the network, a new IPaddress must be entered. DHCP lets a network administrator supervise and dis -tribute IP addresses from a central point and automatically sends a new IPaddress when a computer is plugged into a different place in the network. DHCP uses the concept of a "lease" or amount of time that a given IP addresswill be valid for a computer. The lease time can vary depending on how long auser is likely to require the Internet connection at a particular location. It's espe-94Instant WirelessTM Series
Firewall - A firewall is a set of related programs, located at a network gatewayserver, that protects the resources of a network from users from other networks.(The term also implies the security policy that is used with the programs.) Anenterprise with an intranet that allows its workers access to the wider Internetinstalls a firewall to prevent outsiders from accessing its own private dataresources and for controlling what outside resources to which its own usershave access. Basically, a firewall, working closely with a router, examines each networkpacket to determine whether to forward it toward its destination.Firmware - Code that is written onto read-only memory (ROM) or program-mable read-only memory (PROM).  Once firmware has been written onto theROM or PROM, it is retained even when the device is turned off.Fragmentation - Breaking a packet into smaller units when transmitting overa network medium that cannot support the original size of the packet. FTP (File  Transfer Protocol) - A protocol used to transfer files over a TCP/IPnetwork (Internet, UNIX, etc.). For example, after developing the HTML pagesfor a Web site on a local machine, they are typically uploaded to the Web serv-er using FTP.FTP includes functions to log onto the network, list directories and copy files.It can also convert between the ASCII and EBCDIC character codes. FTP oper-ations can be performed by typing commands at a command prompt or via anFTP utility running under a graphical interface such as Windows. FTP transferscan also be initiated from within a Web browser by entering the URL precededwith ftp://.Unlike e-mail programs in which graphics and program files have to be"attached," FTP is designed to handle binary files directly and does not add theoverhead of encoding and decoding the data.Full Duplex - The ability of a device or line to transmit data simultaneously inboth directions.Gateway - A device that interconnects networks with different, incompatiblecommunications protocols. Half Duplex - Data transmission that can occur in two directions over a singleline, but only one direction at a time.95Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switchassociated clients, it sends the next DTIM with a DTIM Interval value.  APClients hear the beacons and awaken to receive the broadcast and multicastmessages.Dynamic IP Address- An IP address that is automatically assigned to a clientstation in a TCP/IP network, typically by a DHCP server. Network devices thatserve multiple users, such as servers and printers, are usually assigned static IPaddresses. Dynamic Routing- The ability for a router to forward data via a different routebased on the current conditions of the communications circuits. For example,it can adjust for overloaded traffic or failing lines and is much more flexiblethan static routing, which uses a fixed forwarding path.Encryption - A security method that applies a specific algorithm to data inorder to alter the data's appearance and prevent other devices from reading theinformation. ESS (Extended Service  Set) - A set of more than two or more BSSs (multipleaccess points) forming a single network.Ethernet - IEEE standard network protocol that specifies how data is placedon and retrieved from a common transmission medium. Has a transfer rate of10 Mbps. Forms the underlying transport vehicle used by several upper-levelprotocols, including TCP/IP and XNS.Fast Ethernet - A 100 Mbps technology based on the 10Base-T EthernetCSMA/CD network access method.FHSS (Frequency Hopping Spread  Spectrum) - FHSS continuously changes(hops) the carrier frequency of a conventional carrier several times per secondaccording to a pseudo-random set of channels. Because a fixed frequency is notused, and only the transmitter and receiver know the hop patterns, interceptionof FHSS is extremely difficult.Finger - A UNIX command widely used on the Internet to find out informa-tion about a particular user, such as telephone number, whether currentlylogged on or the last time logged on. The person being "fingered" must haveplaced his or her profile on the system. Fingering requires entering the fulluser@domain address.96Instant WirelessTM Series
IP Address - In the most widely installed level of the Internet Protocol(Internet Protocol) today, an IP address is a 32-binary digit number that identi-fies each sender or receiver of information that is sent in packet across theInternet. When you request an HTML page or send e-mail, the InternetProtocol part of TCP/IP includes your IP address in the message (actually, ineach of the packets if more than one is required) and sends it to the IP addressthat is obtained by looking up the domain name in the Uniform ResourceLocator you requested or in the e-mail address you're sending a note to. At theother end, the recipient can see the IP address of the Web page requestor or thee-mail sender and can respond by sending another message using the IP addressit received. IPCONFIG - A Windows NT or 2000 utility that provides for querying, defin-ing and managing IP addresses within a network.  A commonly used utility forconfiguring networks with static IP addresses.IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) - A suite of protocols used to implementsecure exchange of packets at the IP layer. IPSec supports two basic modes:Transport and Tunnel.  Transport encrypts the payload of each packet, leavingthe header untouched, while Tunnel mode encrypts both the header and the pay-load and is therefore more secure.  IPSec must be supported on both transmit-ter and receiver and must share a public key.  Tunnel mode is widely deployedin VPNs (Virtual Private Networks).IPX (Internetwork Packet EXchange) - A NetWare communications protocolused to route messages from one node to another. IPX packets include networkaddresses and can be routed from one network to another.ISM band - The FCC and their counterparts outside of the U.S. have set asidebandwidth for unlicensed use in the ISM (Industrial, Scientific and Medical)band. Spectrum in the vicinity of 2.4 GHz, in particular, is being made avail-able worldwide. This presents a truly revolutionary opportunity to place con-venient high-speed wireless capabilities in the hands of users around the globe.ISP - An ISP (Internet service provider) is a company that provides individualsand companies access to the Internet and other related services such as Web sitebuilding and virtual hosting. LAN - A local area network (LAN) is a group of computers and associateddevices that share a common communications line and typically share theresources of a single processor or server within a small geographic area (forexample, within an office building). Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch97Hardware - Hardware is the physical aspect of computers, telecommunica-tions, and other information technology devices. The term arose as a way to dis -tinguish the "box" and the electronic circuitry and components of a computerfrom the program you put in it to make it do things. The program came to beknown as the software.Hop - The link between two network nodes.HTTP (HyperText Transport Protocol) - The communications protocol usedto connect to servers on the World Wide Web. Its primary function is to estab-lish a connection with a Web server and transmit HTML pages to the clientbrowser.Hub - The device that serves as the central location for attaching wires fromworkstations. Can be passive, where there is no amplification of the signals; oractive, where the hubs are used like repeaters to provide an extension of thecable that connects to a workstation.ICQ - A conferencing program for the Internet that provides interactive chat,e-mail and file transfer and can alert you when someone on your predefined listhas also come online. IEEE (The  Institute of  Electrical and  Electronics  Engineers) - The IEEEdescribes itself as "the world's largest technical professional society, promotingthe development and application of electrotechnology and allied sciences forthe benefit of humanity, the advancement of the profession, and the well-beingof our members." The IEEE fosters the development of standards that often become national andinternational standards. The organization publishes a number of journals, hasmany local chapters, and several large societies in special areas, such as theIEEE Computer Society.Infrastructure Network - An infrastructure network is a group of computersor other devices, each with a wireless adapter, connected as an 802.11 wirelessLAN.  In infrastructure mode, the wireless devices communicate with eachother and to a wired network by first going through an access point.  An infra-structure wireless network connected to a wired network is referred to as aBasic Service Set (BSS).  A set of two or more BSS in a single network isreferred to as an Extended Service Set (ESS).  Infrastructure mode is useful ata corporation scale, or when it is necessary to connect the wired and wirelessnetworks.Instant WirelessTM Series98
Plug-and-Play - The ability of a computer system to configure expansionboards and other devices automatically without requiring the user to turn offthe system during installation.Port - A pathway into and out of the computer or a network device such as aswitch or router. For example, the serial and parallel ports on a personal com-puter are external sockets for plugging in communications lines, modems andprinters. PPPoE (Point to Point Protocol over  Ethernet) - PPPoE is a method for theencapsulation of PPP packets over Ethernet frames from the user to the ISPover the Internet.  One reason PPPoE is preferred by ISPs is because it providesauthentication (username and password) in addition to data transport.  A PPPoEsession can be initiated by either a client application residing on a PC, or byclient firmware residing on a modem or router.PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) - A protocol (set of communicationrules) that allows corporations to extend their own corporate network throughprivate "tunnels" over the public Internet. Effectively, a corporation uses awide-area network as a single large local area network. A company no longerneeds to lease its own lines for wide-area communication but can securely usethe public networks. This kind of interconnection is known as a virtual privatenetwork.RIP(Routing Information Protocol) - A simple routing protocol that is part ofthe TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a route based on the smallest hop countbetween source and destination. RIP is a distance vector protocol that routine-ly broadcasts routing information to its neighboring routers.RJ-45 (Registered Jack-45) - A connector similar to a telephone connector thatholds up to eight wires, used for connecting Ethernet devices.Roaming - In an infrastructure mode wireless network, this refers to the abili-ty to move out of one access point's range and into another and transparentlyreassociate and reauthenticate to the new access point.  This reassociation andreauthentication should occur without user intervention and ideally withoutinterruption to network connectivity.  A typical scenario would be a locationwith multiple access points, where users can physically relocate from one areato another and easily maintain connectivity.Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch99MAC (Media Access  Control)  Address - A unique number assigned by themanufacturer to any Ethernet networking device, such as a network adapter,that allows the network to identify it at the hardware level.Mbps (MegaBits Per Second) - One million bits per second; unit of measure-ment for data transmission.MIB (Management Information Base) - A set of database objects. This set con-tains information about a specific device for utilizing SNMP.mIRC - mIRC runs under Windows and provides a graphical interface for log-ging onto IRC servers and listing, joining and leaving channels.Multicasting - Sending data to a group of nodes instead of a single destination.NAT (Network  Address Translation) - The translation of an Internet Protocoladdress (IP address) used within one network to a different IP address knownwithin another network. One network is designated the inside network and theother is the outside. Network - A system that transmits any combination of voice, video and/or databetween users. NNTP (Network  News Transfer Protocol)  - The protocol used to connect toUsenet groups on the Internet. Usenet newsreaders support the NNTP protocol.Node - A network junction or connection point, typically a computer or workstation.Packet- A unit of data routed between an origin and a destination in a network.Passphrase - Used much like a password, a passphrase simplifies the WEPencryption process by automatically generating the WEP encryption keys forLinksys products.PC Card - A credit-card sized removable module that contains memory, I/O,or a hard disk. Ping (Packet INternet Groper) - An Internet utility used to determine whethera particular IP address is online. It is used to test and debug a network by send-ing out a packet and waiting for a response.Instant WirelessTM Series100
If a receiver is not tuned to the right frequency, a spread-spectrum signal lookslike background noise. There are two main alternatives, Direct SequenceSpread Spectrum (DSSS) and Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS).SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) - A firewall technology that monitors the stateof the transaction so that it can verify that the destination of an inbound pack-et matches the source of a previous outbound request. It examines not just theheaders of the packet, but also the contents, to determine more about the pack-et than just its source and destination information. It is called "stateful" becauseverifies that the stated destination computer has previously requested the cur-rent communication. In this way, it verifies that all communications are initiat-ed by the recipient computer and are taking place only with sources that areknown and trusted from previous interactions. In addition to being a more rig-orous inspection, stateful packet inspection closes off ports until connection tothe specific port is requested. This allows an added layer of protection from thethreat of port scanning.SSID (Service Set IDentifier) - A unique name shared among all points in awireless network. The SSID must be identical for each point in the wireless net-work and is case-sensitive.Static IP Address - A permanent IP address that is assigned to a node in an IPor a TCP/IP network. Static Routing - Forwarding data in a network via a fixed path. Static routingcannot adjust to changing line conditions as can dynamic routing. Subnet Mask - The method used for splitting IP networks into a series of sub-groups, or subnets. The mask is a binary pattern that is matched up with the IPaddress to turn part of the host ID address field into a field for subnets. Switch - 1. A data switch connects computing devices to host computers,allowing a large number of devices to share a limited number of ports. 2. Adevice for making, breaking, or changing the connections in an electrical cir-cuit.TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) - A method (protocol) used along withthe IP (Internet Protocol) to send data in the form of message units (datagram)between network devices over a LAN or WAN. While IP takes care of handlingthe actual delivery of the data (routing), TCP takes care of keeping track of theindividual units of data (called packets) that a message is divided into for effi-Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch101Router - Protocol-dependent device that connects subnetworks together.Routers are useful in breaking down a very large network into smaller subnet-works; they introduce longer delays and typically have much lower throughputrates than bridges. RTS (Request To Send) - An RS-232 signal sent from the transmitting stationto the receiving station requesting permission to transmit. Server - Any computer whose function in a network is to provide user accessto files, printing, communications, and other services. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)  - The standard e-mail protocol on theInternet. It is a TCP/IP protocol that defines the message format and the mes -sage transfer agent (MTA), which stores and forwards the mail.SNMP (Simple  Network Management Protocol)  - A widely used networkmonitoring and control protocol. Data is passed from SNMP agents, which arehardware and/or software processes reporting activity in each network device(hub, router, bridge, etc.) to the workstation console used to oversee the net-work. The agents return information contained in a MIB (ManagementInformation Base), which is a data structure that defines what is obtainablefrom the device and what can be controlled (turned off, on, etc.).Software - Instructions for the computer. A series of instructions that performsa particular task is called a "program." The two major categories of software are"system software" and "application software." System software is made up ofcontrol programs such as the operating system and database management sys-tem (DBMS). Application software is any program that processes data for theuser.A common misconception is that software is data. It is not. Software tells thehardware how to process the data.Spread Spectrum - Spread Spectrum technology is a wideband radio frequen-cy technique developed by the military for use in reliable, secure, mission-crit-ical communications systems. It is designed to trade off bandwidth efficiencyfor reliability, integrity, and security. In other words, more bandwidth is con-sumed than in the case of narrowband transmission, but the trade off producesa signal that is, in effect, louder and thus easier to detect, provided that thereceiver knows the parameters of the spread-spectrum signal being broadcast.Instant WirelessTM Series102
UTP - Unshielded twisted pair is the most common kind of copper telephonewiring. Twisted pair is the ordinary copper wire that connects home and manybusiness computers to the telephone company. To reduce crosstalk or electro-magnetic induction between pairs of wires, two insulated copper wires aretwisted around each other. Each signal on twisted pair requires both wires.Since some telephone sets or desktop locations require multiple connections,twisted pair is sometimes installed in two or more pairs, all within a singlecable. VPN(Virtual Private Network) - A technique that allows two or more LANs tobe extended over public communication channels by creating private commu-nication subchannels (tunnels).  Effectively, these LANs can use a WAN as asingle large "virtually private" LAN.  This removes the need to use leased linesfor WAN communications through secure use of a publicly available WAN(such as the Internet).  Examples of VPN technology are: PPTP (Point to PointTunneling Protocol), L2TP (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol), and IPSec (InternetProtocol Security).WAN (Wide  Area  Network)- A communications network that covers a rela-tively large geographic area, consisting of two or more LANs.  Broadbandcommunication over the WAN is often through public networks such as thetelephone (DSL) or cable systems, or through leased lines or satellites.  In itsmost basic definition, the Internet could be considered a WAN.WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) - A data privacy mechanism based on a 64-bit or 128-bit shared key algorithm, as described in the IEEE 802.11 standard. WINIPCFG - Configuration utility based on the Win32 API for querying,defining and managing IP addresses within a network.  A commonly used util-ity for configuring networks with static IP addresses.Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch103cient delivery over the network. TCP is known as a "connection oriented" pro-tocol due to requiring the receiver of a packet to return an acknowledgment ofreceipt to the sender of the packet resulting in transmission control.TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) - The basic com-munication language or set of protocols for communications over a network(developed specifically for the Internet).  TCP/IP defines a suite or group ofprotocols and not only TCP and IP.Telnet - A terminal emulation protocol commonly used on the Internet andTCP/IP-based networks. It allows a user at a terminal or computer to log ontoa remote device and run a program.TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) - A version of the TCP/IP FTP protocolthat has no directory or password capability.Throughput - The amount of data moved successfully from one place toanother in a given time period.TX Rate - Transmission Rate.UDP (User Datagram Protocol) - A method (protocol) used along with the IP(Internet Protocol) to send data in the form of message units (datagram)between network devices over a LAN or WAN. While IP takes care of handlingthe actual delivery of the data (routing), UDP takes care of keeping track of theindividual units of data (called packets) that a message is divided into for effi-cient delivery over the network. UDP is known as a "connection-less" protocoldue to NOT requiring the receiver of a packet to return an acknowledgment ofreceipt to the sender of the packet (as opposed to TCP).Upgrade- To replace existing software or firmware with a newer version. Upload - To transmit a file over a network. In a communications session,upload means transmit, download means receive. URL (Uniform Resource Locator) - The address that defines the route to a fileon the Web or any other Internet facility. URLs are typed into the browser toaccess Web pages, and URLs are embedded within the pages themselves to pro-vide the hypertext links to other pages.Instant WirelessTM Series104
105Dimensions 186mm x 154mm x 62mm (7.31" x 6.06" x 2.44") Unit Weight 0.56 kg. (19.2 oz.)Power Input External, 5V DC, 2.5ACertifications FCC Class B, CE MarkOperating Temperature 0ºC to 40ºC (32ºF to 104ºF)Storage Temperature -20ºC to 70ºC (-4ºF to 158ºF)Operating Humidity 10% to 85%, Non-CondensingStorage Humidity 5% to 90%, Non-CondensingEnvironmentalWireless Access Point Router with 4-Port SwitchAppendix G: SpecificationsStandards IEEE 802.3 (10BaseT), IEEE 802.3u (100BaseTX), IEEE 802.11b (Wireless)Protocol CSMA/CDPortsWAN:  One 10Base-T RJ-45 Port for cable or DSL Modem LAN:  Four 10/100 RJ-45 Switched Ports, One Shared Uplink Port Speed (Mbps) WAN: 10 (Half Duplex) LAN:  10/100 (Half Duplex) 20/200 (Full Duplex)Cabling Type UTP Category 5 or betterButton ResetTX Power  19 dbm Throughput (average)  4.2 Mbps Receiver Sensitivity (Typical) 1Mbps 0-5 BER @ -89dbm5.5Mbps 10-5 BER @ -83dbm11Mbps  10-5 BER  @ -79dbm Topology Star (Ethernet)LED Indicators Power, WLAN Activity, WLAN LinkWAN Link/Activity, Diag for WANLAN Full Duplex/Collision, Link/Activity 100Connectors 2 Antenna Connectors106Instant WirelessTM Series
Appendix I: Warranty InformationLIMITED WARRANTY Linksys guarantees that every Instant Wireless™ Wireless Access Point Router with 4-PortSwitch is free from physical defects in material and workmanship for two years from thedate of purchase (Africa, Europe and Latin America only, other regions may have a dif-ferent warranty period), when used within the limits set forth in the Specifications sectionof this User Guide. If you suspect the product is defective during the warranty period,contact the Linksys Technical Support in order to obtain a Return Authorization number(RMA) or contact the location where the product was purchased (if applicable). BE SURETO HAVE YOUR PROOF OF PURCHASE ON HAND WHEN CONTACTING TECHNICALSUPPORT.  RETURN REQUESTS CANNOT BE PROCESSED WITHOUT PROOF OF PUR-CHASE.IN NO EVENT SHALL LINKSYS’ LIABILITY EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE PROD-UCT FROM DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM-AGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT, ITS ACCOMPANYING SOFT-WARE, OR ITS DOCUMENTATION. LINKSYS OFFERS NO REFUNDS FOR ITS PROD-UCTS.  Linksys makes no warranty or representation, expressed, implied, or statutory,with respect to its products or the contents or use of this documentation and all accom-panying software, and specifically disclaims its quality, performance, merchantability, orfitness for any particular purpose. Linksys reserves the right to revise or update its prod-ucts, software, or documentation without obligation to notify any individual or entity.Please direct all inquiries to the address listed below or contact Technical support:Linksys  P.O. Box 18558Irvine, California 92623 U.S.A.107Wireless Access Point Router with 4-Port Switch108Appendix H: Contact InformationFor help with installation or operation of this product, contact LinksysTechnical Support at one of the phone numbers listed in the TechnicalSupport insert or Internet addresses below:E-mailEurope europe-support@linksys.comUnited Kingdom & Ireland uks@linksys.comLatin America latam-soporte@linksys.comU.S. and Canada support@linksys.comFor unlisted regions or updated contact information please visit the websitebelow:Web http://www.linksys.com/internationalInstant WirelessTM Series
© Copyright 2002 Linksys, All Rights Reserved.Printed in the USA.http://www.linksys.com

Navigation menu